WO2005105735A1 - Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as ppar agonists - Google Patents

Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as ppar agonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005105735A1
WO2005105735A1 PCT/EP2005/052012 EP2005052012W WO2005105735A1 WO 2005105735 A1 WO2005105735 A1 WO 2005105735A1 EP 2005052012 W EP2005052012 W EP 2005052012W WO 2005105735 A1 WO2005105735 A1 WO 2005105735A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
optionally substituted
cycloalkyl
compound according
halogen
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2005/052012
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Zdenék Polivka
Karel Sindelar
Per Sauerberg
Ingrid Pettersson
Original Assignee
Novo Nordisk A/S
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novo Nordisk A/S filed Critical Novo Nordisk A/S
Priority to EP05742988A priority Critical patent/EP1763511B1/en
Priority to AT05742988T priority patent/ATE475642T1/en
Priority to JP2007512187A priority patent/JP2007536341A/en
Priority to US11/579,716 priority patent/US20110039841A1/en
Priority to DE602005022585T priority patent/DE602005022585D1/en
Publication of WO2005105735A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005105735A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/18—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by sulfur atoms
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/06—Antihyperlipidemics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/10—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/18—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/20—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atom of at least one of the thio groups bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of the carbon skeleton with singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to carbon atoms of the same non-condensed six-membered aromatic ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/23—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/24—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/29—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and nitrogen atoms, not being part of nitro or nitroso groups, bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton containing six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C323/00—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups
    • C07C323/50—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/51—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C323/60—Thiols, sulfides, hydropolysulfides or polysulfides substituted by halogen, oxygen or nitrogen atoms, or by sulfur atoms not being part of thio groups containing thio groups and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having the sulfur atoms of the thio groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of the carbon skeleton with the carbon atom of at least one of the carboxyl groups bound to nitrogen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
    • C07D207/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/24—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D207/26—2-Pyrrolidones
    • C07D207/263—2-Pyrrolidones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/27—2-Pyrrolidones with only hydrogen atoms or radicals containing only hydrogen and carbon atoms directly attached to other ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/333—Radicals substituted by oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/30—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D213/24—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D213/28—Radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
    • C07D213/32—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D233/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings
    • C07D233/54—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, not condensed with other rings having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C07D295/096—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring nitrogen atoms substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms with the ring nitrogen atoms and the oxygen or sulfur atoms separated by carbocyclic rings or by carbon chains interrupted by carbocyclic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
    • C07D295/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms by radicals derived from carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
    • C07D295/182—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids
    • C07D295/185—Radicals derived from carboxylic acids from aliphatic carboxylic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D307/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D307/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
    • C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
    • C07D333/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
    • C07D333/14—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen
    • C07D333/20—Radicals substituted by singly bound hetero atoms other than halogen by nitrogen atoms

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to novel compounds, to the use of these compounds as pharmaceutical compositions, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds and to a method of treatment employing these compounds and compositions. More specifically, the compounds of the invention can be utilised in the treatment and/or prevention of conditions mediated by the Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors (PPAR), in particular the PPAR ⁇ subtype.
  • PPAR Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors
  • Coronary artery disease is the major cause of death in Type 2 diabetic and metabolic syndrome patients (i.e. patients that fall within the 'deadly quartet' category of impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hypertriglyceridaemia and/or obesity).
  • the hypolipidaemic fibrates and antidiabetic thiazolidinediones separately display moderately effective triglyceride-lowering activities although they are neither potent nor effi- cacious enough to be a single therapy of choice for the dyslipidaemia often observed in Type 2 diabetic or metabolic syndrome patients.
  • the thiazolidinediones also potently lower circulating glucose levels of Type 2 diabetic animal models and humans.
  • thiazolidinediones and fibrates exert their action by activating distinct transcription factors of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) family, resulting in increased and decreased expression of specific enzymes and apolipoproteins respectively, both key-players in regulation of plasma triglyceride content.
  • Fibrates on the one hand, are PPAR ⁇ activators, acting primarily in the liver.
  • Thiazolidinediones on the other hand, are high affinity ligands for PPAR ⁇ acting primarily on adipose tissue. Adipose tissue plays a central role in lipid homeostasis and the maintenance of energy balance in vertebrates.
  • Adipocytes store energy in the form of triglycerides during periods of nutritional affluence and release it in the form of free fatty acids at times of nutritional deprivation.
  • the development of white adipose tissue is the result of a continuous differentiation process throughout life.
  • Much evidence points to the central role of PPAR ⁇ activation in initiating and regulating this cell differentiation.
  • Several highly specialised proteins are induced during adipocyte differentiation, most of them being involved in lipid storage and metabolism. The exact link from activation of PPAR ⁇ to changes in glucose metabolism, most notably a decrease in insulin resistance in muscle, has not yet been clarified.
  • a possible link is via free fatty acids such that activation of PPAR ⁇ induces Lipoprotein Lipase (LPL), Fatty Acid Transport Protein (FATP) and Acyl-CoA Synthetase (ACS) in adipose tissue but not in muscle tissue.
  • LPL Lipoprotein Lipase
  • FATP Fatty Acid Transport Protein
  • ACS Acyl-CoA Synthetase
  • PPAR is involved in stimulating ⁇ -oxidation of fatty acids.
  • a PPAR ⁇ - mediated change in the expression of genes involved in fatty acid metabolism lies at the basis of the phenomenon of peroxisome proliferation, a pleiotropic cellular response, mainly limited to liver and kidney and which can lead to hepatocarcinogenesis in rodents.
  • the phenomenon of peroxisome proliferation is not seen in man.
  • PPAR ⁇ is also involved in the control of HDL cholesterol levels in rodents and humans. This effect is, at least partially, based on a PPAR ⁇ -mediated transcriptional regulation of the major HDL apolipoproteins, apo A-l and apo A-ll.
  • hypotriglyceridemic action of fibrates and fatty acids also involves PPAR ⁇ and can be summarised as follows: (I) an increased lipolysis and clearance of remnant particles, due to changes in lipoprotein lipase and apo C-lll levels, (II) a stimulation of cellular fatty acid uptake and their subsequent conversion to acyl-CoA derivatives by the induction of fatty acid binding protein and acyl-CoA synthase, (111) an induction of fatty acid ⁇ -oxidation pathways, (IV) a reduction in fatty acid and triglyceride synthesis, and finally (V) a decrease in VLDL production.
  • both enhanced catabolism of triglyceride-rich particles as well as reduced secretion of VLDL particles constitutes mechanisms that contribute to the hypolipidemic effect of fibrates.
  • PPAR ⁇ activation was initially reported not to be involved in modulation of glucose or triglyceride levels. (Berger et al., /. Biol. Chem. , 1999, Vol 274, pp. 6718-6725). Later it has been shown that PPAR ⁇ activation leads to increased levels of HDL cholesterol in db/db mice (Leibowitz et al. FEBS letters 2000, 473, 333-336).
  • a PPAR ⁇ agonist when dosed to insulin-resistant middle-aged obese rhesus monkeys caused a dramitic dose- dependent rise in serum HDL cholesterol while lowering the levels of small dense LDL, fasting triglycerides and fasting insulin (Oliver et al. PNAS 2001 , 98, 5306-5311 ).
  • the same paper also showed that PPAR ⁇ activation increased the reverse cholesterol transporter ATP- binding cassette A1 and induced apolipoprotein A1 -specific cholesterol efflux.
  • PPAR ⁇ compounds have been reported to be useful in the treatment of hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia and hypercholesterolemia (WO 01/00603, WO 02/59098, WO 03/084916, WO 03/074050, WO 03/074051 , WO 03/074052, WO 03/035603, WO 03/97607, WO 04/005253, WO 03/33493, WO 03/16291 , WO 02/76957, 02/46154, WO 03/16265, WO 02/100812, WO 02/98840, WO 02/80899, WO 02/79162, WO03/072100, WO 01/25181 , WO 02/14291 , WO 01 /79197, WO 99/4815, WO 97/28149, WO 98/27974, WO 97/28115, WO 97/27857, WO 97/28137, WO 97/27847).
  • Glucose lowering as a single approach does not overcome the macrovascular complications associated with Type 2 diabetes and metabolic syndrome.
  • Novel treatments of Type 2 diabetes and metabolic syndrome must therefore aim at lowering both the overt hy- pertriglyceridaemia associated with these syndromes as well as alleviation of hyperglycae- mia.
  • This indicate that research for compounds displaying various degree of PPAR ⁇ , PPAR ⁇ and PPAR ⁇ activation should lead to the discovery of efficacious triglyceride and/or cholesterol and/or glucose lowering drugs that have great potential in the treatment of diseases such as type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, syndrome X (including the metabolic syndrome, i.e. impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hypertngyceridaemia and/or obesity), cardiovascular diseases (including atherosclerosis) and hypercholesteremia.
  • diseases such as type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, syndrome X (including the metabolic syndrome, i.e. impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hypertngyceridaemia and/or obesity), cardiovascular
  • d-e-alkyl as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon chain having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl and the like.
  • C- ⁇ - 6 -alkylcarbonyl represents a "C ⁇ _ 6 -alkyl” group as de- fined above having the indicated number of ca ⁇ on atoms linked through a carbonyl group.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, n- propylcarbonyl, isopropylcarbonyl, butylcarbonyl, isobutylcarbonyl, seobutylcarbonyl, tert- butylcarbonyl, n-pentylcarbonyl, isopentylcarbonyl, neopentylcarbonyl, terf-pentylcarbonyl, n- hexylcarbonyl, isohexylcarbonyl and the like.
  • C ⁇ - 6 -alkylsulfonyl refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a "Ci-e-alkyl” group as defined above linked through a sulfonyl group.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, iso- propylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl, se ⁇ butylsulfonyl, fett-butylsulfonyl, n-pentyl- sulfonyl, isopentylsulfonyl, neopentylsulfonyl, fert-pentylsulfonyl, n-hexylsulfonyl, isohexylsul- fonyl and the like.
  • C ⁇ - 6 -alkylamido refers to an acyl group linked through an amino group; Representative examples include, but are not limited to acetylamino, propionyl- amino, butyrylamino, isobutyrylamino, pivaloylamino, valerylamino and the like.
  • C 3 -6-cyclo alkyl as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a satu- rated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like.
  • C -6-alkeny ' represent an olefinically unsaturated branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to the specified number of carbon at- oms and at least one double bond.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, allyl, iso-propenyl, 1 ,3-butadienyl, 1-butenyl, hexenyl, pentenyl and the like.
  • represent an unsaturated branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to the specified number of carbon atoms and at least one triple bond.
  • C - 6 -alkenynyl represent an unsaturated branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 4 to the specified number of carbon atoms and both at least one double bond and at least one triple bond.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, 1-penten-4-ynyl, 3-penten-1 -ynyl, 1 ,3-hexadiene-5-ynyl and the like.
  • C ⁇ - 6 -alkoxy refers to a straight or branched configuration linked through an ether oxygen having its free valence bond from the ether oxygen.
  • linear alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy and the like.
  • branched alkoxy are isopropoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, isopentyloxy, isohexyloxy and the like.
  • C3-6-cycloalkoxy as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms linked through an ether oxygen having its free valence bond from the ether oxygen.
  • C ⁇ - 6 -alkylthio refers to a straight or branched monovalent substituent comprising a "C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl” group as defined above linked through a divalent sulfur atom having its free valence bond from the sulfur atom and having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethyl- thio, propylthio, butylthio, pentylthio and the like.
  • C3- 6 -cycloalkylthio as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms linked through a divalent sulfur atom having its free valence bond from the sulfur atom.
  • Examples of cycloalkoxy groups are cyclopropylthio, cyclobutylthio, cyclopentylthio, cyclohexylthio and the like.
  • C ⁇ . 6 -alkylamino as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight or branched monovalent substituent comprising a "C ⁇ .
  • C- ⁇ - 6 -alkylaminocarbonyl refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a C ⁇ - 6 -monoalkylamino group linked through a carbonyl group such as e.g.
  • C 3 - 6 -cycloalkylamino as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms linked through amino having a free valence bond from the nitrogen atom. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylamino, cyclobutylamino, cyclopentylamino, cyclo- hexylamino and the like.
  • C ⁇ . 6 -alkoxyC ⁇ - 6 -alkyP' as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a
  • C ⁇ e-alkyl as defined above whereto is attached a "C ⁇ - 6 -alkoxy” group as defined above.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methoxymethyl, ethoxy- methyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl and the like.
  • aryl as used herein refers to an aromatic monocyclic or an aromatic fused bi- ortricyclic hydrocarbon group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, azulenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl and the like.
  • arylene refers to divalent aromatic monocyclic or a divalent aromatic fused bi- or tricyclic hydrocarbon group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenylene, naphthylene and the like.
  • arylcarbonyl as used herein represents an "aryl” group as defined above linked through a carbonyl group.
  • arylsulfonyl refers to an "aryl” group as defined above linked through a sulfonyl group.
  • Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl, anthracenylsulfonyl, phenanthrenylsulfonyl, azulenylsulfonyl, and the like.
  • arylamido refers to an arylcarbonyl group linked through an amino group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to phenylcarbonyl- amino, naphthyicarbonylamino, anthracenylcarbonylamino, phenanthrenylcarbonylamino, azulenylcarbonylamino and the like.
  • halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • perhalomethyl means trifluoromethyl, trichloro methyl, tribromomethyl or triiodomethyl.
  • perhalomethoxy means trifluoromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, tribromo- methoxy or triiodomethoxy.
  • C ⁇ - 6 -dialkylamino refers to an amino group wherein the two hydrogen atoms independently are substituted with a straight or branched, saturated hydrocarbon chain having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, N-ethyl-N-methylamino, diethylamino, dipropyl- amino, N-(n-butyl)-N-methylamino, di(n-pentyl)amino and the like.
  • acyl refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a "Ci- e-alkyl” group as defined above linked through a carbonyl group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pivaloyl, valeryl and the like.
  • heteroaryl refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a 5-7 membered monocyclic aromatic system or a 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic system containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, e.g.
  • heteroarylene as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to divalent
  • a 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic system containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur e.g. furylene, thienylene, pyrrolylene, imidazolylene, pyrazolylene, triazolylene, pyridylene, pyrazinylene, pyrimidinylene, pyridazinylene, isothiazolylene, isoxa ⁇ olylene, oxazolylene, oxadiazolylene, thiadiazolylene, quinolylene, isoquinolylene, quinazolinylene, quinoxalinnylene, indolylene, benzimidazolylene, benzofuranylene, benzothienylene, pteridinylene and purinylene and the like.
  • heteroaryloxy refers to a heteroaryl as defined herein linked to an oxygen atom having its free valence bond from the oxygen atom e.g. pyrrolyloxy, imidazolyloxy, pyrazolyloxy, triazolyloxy, pyrazinyloxy, pyrimidinyloxy, pyridazinyloxy, isothiazolyloxy, isoxazolyloxy, oxazolyloxy, oxadiazolyloxy, thiadiazolyloxy, quinolinyloxy, isoquinolinyloxy, quinazolinyloxy, quinoxalinyloxy, indoltloxy, benzimidazolyloxy, benzofuranyloxy, pteridinyloxy and purinyloxy and the like.
  • aralkyl refers to a straight or branched saturated carbon chain containing from 1 to 6 carbons substituted with an aromatic carbohydride. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 1-naphthyl- methyl, 2-(1 -naphthyl)ethyl and the like.
  • aryloxy refers to phenoxy, 1 -naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy and the like.
  • aralkoxy refers to a C ⁇ - 6 -alkoxy group substituted with an aromatic carbohydride, such as benzyloxy, phenethoxy, 3-phenylpropoxy, 1-naphthyl- methoxy, 2-(1 -naphtyl)ethoxy and the like.
  • heteroarylkyl refers to a straight or branched saturated carbon chain containing from 1 to 6 carbons substituted with a heteroaryl group; such as (2- furyl)methyl, (3-furyl)methyl, (2-thienyl)methyl, (3-thienyl)methyl, (2-pyridyl)methyl, 1 -methyl- 1 -(2-pyrimidyl)ethyl and the like.
  • heteroarylkoxy refers to a heteroarylalkyl as defined herein linked to an oxygen atom having its free valence bond from the oxygen atom.
  • arylthio refers to an aryl group linked through a divalent sulfur atom having its free valence bond from the sulfur atom, the aryl group optionally being mono- or polysubstituted with C ⁇ . 6 -alkyl, halogen, hydroxy or Ci-e-alkoxy.
  • Representative examples are aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1 -oxo-thiomorpholinyl, 1 ,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, tetrahy- drofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydro-1 ,1-dioxothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahy- drothiopyranyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, 1 ,3-dioxanyl, and the like.
  • Representative examples are 1 ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decanyl, 8- azaspiro[4.5]decanyl, 2,8-diazaspiro[4.5]decanyl, and the like.
  • the term "five to eight member ring” as used herein refers to a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain or hydrocarbon-heteroatom chain having from 3 to 6 atoms wherein the carbon atom in Ar, to which they are attached, and the adjacent carbon atom form a five to eight member ring. Certain of the above defined terms may occur more than once in the structural formulae, and upon such occurrence each term shall be defined independently of the other.
  • treatment is defined as the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating or alleviating the disease, condition or disorder f ,and the term includes the administration of the active compound to prevent the onset of the symptoms or complications, or alleviating the symptoms or complications, or eliminating the disease, condition, or disorder.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable is defined as being suitable for administration to humans without adverse events.
  • X ⁇ is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C-t-e-alkyl.
  • X-i is C ⁇ -6-alkyl, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 - 6 -alkenyl, carbamoyl or C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C ⁇ _ 6 -alkyl, C 3 -e-cycloalkyl, C 2 - 6 -alkenyl, C 2 - e -aIkynyl, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, C ⁇ -alkoxy, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkoxy, C 3 .
  • X 2 is arylene or heteroarylene each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C ⁇ .6-alkyl, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 - 6 -alkenyl, C 2 . 6 -alkynyl, d- 6 -alkoxy, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkoxy, C ⁇ - 6 - alkylthio, C 3 .
  • X 3 is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C ⁇ .6-alkyl, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 . 6 -alkenyl, C 2 . 6 -alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, hetero- aralkyl, C ⁇ -6-alkoxy, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C ⁇ . 6 -alkylthio, arylthio, C 3 .
  • Ci-e-alkylcarbonyl Ci-e-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, C ⁇ - 6 -alkylsulfonyl, arylsul- fonyl, d-6-alkylamido, arylamido, C ⁇ -6-alkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-s-alkylamino, C ⁇ - 6 -di- alkylamino or C 3 - 6 -cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or
  • X 3 is d- 6 -alkyl, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 . 6 -alkenyl, carbamoyl or d-e-cycloalkyl-d-e-alkyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • d_ 6 -alkyl, C 3 _ 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 . 6 -alkenyl, C 2 _ 6 -alkynyl, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkyl-d.
  • Ar is arylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy or cyano; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 - 6 -alkenyl, C 2 - 6 -alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, het- eroaralkyl, C ⁇ . 6 -alkoxy, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C 1 -6- alkylthio, arylthio or C 3 . 6 -cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or • two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a five to eight member ring; and
  • Y 1 is O or S
  • Y 2 is O or S
  • Z is -(CH 2 ) n - wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3; and " j
  • Ri is hydrogen, halogen or a substituent selected from • d- 6 -alkyl, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 - 6 -alkenyl, C 2 - 6 -alkynyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, C-
  • R 2 is hydrogen, d. 6 -alkyl, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 - 6 -alkenyl, C 2 . 6 -alkynyl, C . 6 -alkenynyl or aryl; or
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X-i is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is aryl optionally substituted with halogen. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X ⁇ is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of methyl or ethyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of perhalomethyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or thienyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogens or C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, 'which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is pyrrolyl or pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more d. 6 -alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is furyl or thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is pyrrolyl optionally substituted with one or more C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is furyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- ⁇ .. ⁇ mula (I) wherein Xi is thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is ben ⁇ othienyl or benzofuryl optionally substituted with one or more of C ⁇ . 6 -alkyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • Ci-e-alkyl C 3 . 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 _ 6 -alkenyl, C 2 . 6 -alkynyl, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkoxy, C 3 -6-cycloalkyl-C ⁇ .
  • 6 -alkylamino-C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl di-(C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl)amino-C ⁇ -6-alkyl
  • Ci- 6 -alkylamido C 3 -6-cycloalkylamido, C 3 -6-cycloalkyl-C ⁇ -e-alkylamido, arylamido, C ⁇ - 6 -alkylaminocarbonyl, 5 C 3 - 6 -cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ - 6 -alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C ⁇ .
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is d- 6 -alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen or hydroxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, d. 6 -alkylthio, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkylthio, C 3 .
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for-
  • Xi Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C - 6 -alkylamino, di-(C ⁇ -6-alkyl)- amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for-
  • Xi is C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-e-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci- 6 -alkylamino, di-(C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of d. 6 -alkyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with heteroaryl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X-, is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of morpholinyl, piperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with Ci-e-alkylamino optionally substituted with acetyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with di-(C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl)amino.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is carbamoyl optionally substituted with acetyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is arylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is arylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selec- ted from
  • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more of C - 6 -alkyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is phenylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 2 is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 2 is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is heteroarylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 2 is thienylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of perhalomethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is phenyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or thienyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogens or C ⁇ - 6 -aikyl, which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is pyrrolyl or pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more C ⁇ . 6 -alkyl op- tionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is furyl or thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is pyrrolyl optionally substituted with one or more Ci-e-alkyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more Ci-e-alkyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is furyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is benzothienyl or benzofuryl optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • Ci-e-alkyl C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 - 6 -alkenyl, C 2 . 6 -alkynyl, C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl-C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, C ⁇ _ 6 -alkoxy, C 3 .
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from Ci-e-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, di-(C ⁇ . 6 -alkyl)- amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from Ci-e-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, di-(C ⁇ . 6 -alkyl)- amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-e-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, di-(C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of d- 6 -alkyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with heteroaryl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 3 is C ⁇ . 6 -alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of morpholinyl, piperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with Ci-e-alkylamino optionally substituted with acetyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with di-(C ⁇ . 6 -alkyl)amino. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 3 is carbamoyl optionally substituted with acetyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X is arylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 4 is arylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 4 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 4 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 4 is phenylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen or • d-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X 4 is heteroarylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X 4 is thienylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
  • Ci-e-alkyl C 3 - 6 -cycloalkyl, C 2 . 6 -alkenyl, C 2 - 6 -alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, C ⁇ - 6 -alkoxy, C 3 . 6 -cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C ⁇ - 6 -alkylthio, arylthio or C - 6 -cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or .
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with halogen.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e- alkoxy optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of aryloxy optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of aralkoxy optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with methyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Yi is S.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Yi is O. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Y 2 is O. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Y 2 is S. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein n is 1. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R-i is hydrogen or a substituent selected from • C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, aralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ri is hydrogen or a substituent selected from • C ⁇ - 6 -alkyl, aralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ri is hydrogen.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ri is methyl or ethyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Ri is methoxy or ethoxy.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R 2 is hydrogen or d. 6 -alkyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R 2 is hydrogen.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R 2 is methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkyl is methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkenyl is vinyl or 1 -propenyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkynyl is 1-propynyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula l wherein alkenynyl is 1 -pentene-4-yne.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkoxy is methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy or cyclopropoxy.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aryl is phenyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein arylene is phenylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein halogen is bromine, fluorine or chlorine.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein perhalomethyl is trifluoromethyl.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein perhalomethoxy is trifluoromethoxy, In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroaryl is furyl or thienyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroaryl is pyrrolyl or pyridyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroaryl is benzofuryl or benzothienyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein arylene is phenylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroarylene is thienylene.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aralkyl is benzyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aryloxy is phenoxy. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aralkoxy is benzyloxy. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein the substituents Ri and X 4 are arranged in a trans-configuration. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein the substituents Ri and X are arranged in a cis-configuration. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I which are PPAR ⁇ agonists.
  • the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I which are selective PPAR ⁇ agonists.
  • compounds of the invention are: ⁇ 4-[3,3-Bis-(4-phenylethynyl-phenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy ⁇ -acetic acid; ⁇ 4-[3,3-Bis-(4-phenylethynyl-phenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-bromo-phenoxy ⁇ -acetic acid; or a salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base, or any optical isomer or mixture of optical isomers, including a racemic mixture, or any tautomeric forms.
  • the present invention also encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present compounds.
  • Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts.
  • Acid addition salts include salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like.
  • suitable organic acids include formic, acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cinnamic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfoni , gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p-aminoben ⁇ oic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids, sulphates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates, borates, acetates, benzoates, hydroxynaph- thoates,
  • pharmaceuti- cally acceptable inorganic or organic acid addition salts include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference.
  • metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, zinc, calcium salts and the like.
  • amines and organic amines include ammonium, methylamine, di- methylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, butylamine, tetrame- thylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, meglumine, ethylenediamine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, N-benzylphenylethylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, guanidine and the like.
  • cationic amino acids include lysine, arginine, histidine and the like.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salts are prepared by reacting the compound of formula I with 1 to 4 equivalents of a base such as sodium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, so- dium hydride, potassium t-butoxide, calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide and the like, in solvents like ether, THF, methanol, t-butanol, dioxane, isopropanol, ethanol etc. Mixture of solvents may be used. Organic bases like lysine, arginine, diethanolamine, choline, guandine and their derivatives etc. may also be used.
  • acid addition salts wherever appli- cable are prepared by treatment with acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, p-toluenesulphonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, maleic acid salicylic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, ascorbic acid, palmitic acid, succinic acid, ben ⁇ oic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, tartaric acid and the like in solvents like ethyl acetate, ether, alcohols, acetone, THF, dioxane etc. Mixture of solvents may also be used.
  • acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, p-toluenesulphonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, maleic acid salicylic acid, hydroxynaphthoic
  • stereoisomers of the compounds forming part of this invention may be prepared by using reactants in their single enantiomeric form in the process wherever possible or by conducting the reaction in the presence of reagents or catalysts in their single enantiomer form or by resolving the mixture of stereoisomers by conventional methods.
  • Some of the preferred methods include use of microbial resolution, enzymatic resolution, resolving the diastereomeric salts formed with chiral acids such as mandelic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, and the like wherever applicable or chiral bases such as brucine, (R)- or (S)-phenylethylamine, cinchona alkaloids and their derivatives and the like.
  • the compound of formula I may be con- verted ⁇ o a 1 :1 mixture of diastereomeric amides by treating with chiral amines, aminoacids, aminoalcohols derived from aminoacids; conventional reaction conditions may be employed to convert acid into an amide; the dia-stereomers may be separated either by fractional crystallization or chromatography and the stereoisomers of compound of formula I may be pre- pared by hydrolysing the pure diastereomeric amide.
  • polymorphs of compound of general formula I may be prepared by crystallization of compound of formula I under different conditions. For example, using different solvents commonly used or their mixtures for recrystallization; crystallizations at different temperatures; various modes of cooling, ranging from very fast to very slow cooling during crystallizations. Polymorphs may also be obtained by heating or melting the compound followed by gradual or fast cooling. The presence of polymorphs may be determined by solid probe nmr spectroscopy, ir spectroscopy, differential scanning calorimetry, powder X-ray diffraction or such other techniques.
  • the invention also encompasses prodrugs of the present compounds, which on ad- ministration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming active pharmacological substances.
  • prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the present compounds, which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound of the formula (I).
  • Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985.
  • the invention also encompasses active metabolites of the present compounds.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound of the formula I or any optical or geometric isomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents.
  • the invention relates to the use of compounds of the general formula I or their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their polymorphs, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of conditions mediated by nu- clear receptors, in particular the Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors (PPAR) such as the conditions mentioned above.
  • PPAR Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating and/or preventing Type I or Type II diabetes.
  • the present invention relates to the use of one or more com- pounds of the general formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Type I or Type II diabetes.
  • the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prevention of IGT. In a still further aspect, the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 2 diabetes. In a still further aspect, the present compounds are useful for the delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to Type 2 diabetes. In a still further aspect, the present compounds are useful for the delaying or pre- vention of the progression from non-insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes. In another aspect, the present compounds reduce blood glucose and triglyceride levels and are accordingly useful for the treatment and/or prevention of ailments and disorders such as diabetes and/or obesity.
  • the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of insulin resistance (Type 2 diabetes), impaired glucose tolerance, dyslipidemia, disorders related to Syndrome X such as hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hypergly- caemia, atherosclerosis, artherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, coronary artery disease, myocar- dial ischemia and other cardiovascular disorders.
  • the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases or complications related to atherosclerosis such as coronary artery diseases, coronary heart diseases, heart attack, myocardial infarct, coronary infarct, transient ischemic attack (TIA) or stroke.
  • TAA transient ischemic attack
  • the present compounds are effective in decreasing apoptosis in mammalian cells such as beta cells of Islets of Langerhans.
  • the present compounds are useful for the treatment of certain renal diseases including glomerulonephritis, glomerulosclerosis, nephrotic syndrome, hypertensive nephrosclerosis.
  • the present compounds may also be useful for improving cognitive functions in dementia, treating diabetic complications, psoriasis, polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS) and prevention and treatment of bone loss, e.g. osteoporosis.
  • PCOS polycystic ovarian syndrome
  • the invention also relates to the use of the present compounds, which after administration lower the bio-markers of atherosclerosis like, but not lim- ited to, c-reactive protein (CRP), TNF ⁇ and IL-6.
  • the present compounds may also be administered in combination with one or more further pharmacologically active substances eg., selected from antiobesity agents, antidiabet- ics, antihypertensive agents, agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes and agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications and disorders resulting from or associated with obesity.
  • the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antiobesity agents or appetite regulating agents.
  • Such agents may be selected from the group consisting of CART (cocaine amphetamine regulated transcript) agonists, NPY (neuropeptide Y) antagonists, MC4 (melano- cortin 4) agonists, orexin antagonists, TNF (tumor necrosis factor) agonists, CRF (corticotro- pin releasing factor) agonists, CRF BP (corticotropin releasing factor binding protein) antagonists, urocortin agonists, ⁇ 3 agonists, MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) agonists, MCH (melanocyte-concentrating hormone) antagonists, CCK (cholecystokinin) agonists, serotonin re-uptake inhibitors, serotonin and noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitors, mixed sero- tonin and noradrenergic compounds, 5HT (serotonin) agonists, bombesin agonists, galanin antagonists, growth hormone, growth
  • the antiobesity agent is leptin. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is dexamphetamine or amphetamine. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine. In still another embodiment the antiobesity agent is sibutramine. In a further embodiment the antiobesity agent is orlistat. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is mazindol or phentermine.
  • Suitable antidiabetics comprise insulin, GLP-1 (glucagon like peptide-1) derivatives such as those disclosed in WO 98/08871 to Novo Nordisk A/S, which is incorporated herein by reference as well as orally active hypoglycaemic agents.
  • the orally active hypoglycaemic agents preferably comprise sulphonylureas, bigua- nides, meglitinides, glucosidase inhibitors, glucagon antagonists such as those disclosed in WO 99/01423 to Novo Nordisk A/S and Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., GLP-1 agonists, potassium channel openers such as those disclosed in WO 97/26265 and WO 99/03861 to Novo Nordisk A/S which are incorporated herein by reference, DPP-IV (dipeptidyl peptidase- IV) inhibitors, inhibitors of hepatic enzymes involved in stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenolysis, glucose uptake modulators, compounds modifying the lipid metabolism such as antihyperlipidemic agents and antilipidemic agents as HMG CoA inhibitors (statins), com- * ?
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with insulin.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a sulphonylurea eg. tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide or glicazide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a biguanide eg. metformin.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a meglitinide eg. repaglinide or senaglinide.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an ⁇ -glucosidase inhibitor eg.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with an agent acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the ⁇ -cells eg. tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glicazide or repaglinide. Furthermore, the present compounds may be administered in combination with nateglinide. In still another embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent eg.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione e.g.
  • the present compounds are administered in combination with more than one of the above-mentioned compounds eg. in combination with a sulphony- lurea and metformin, a sulphonylurea and acarbose, repaglinide and metformin, insulin and a sulphonylurea, insulin and metformin, insulin, insulin and lovastatin, etc.
  • the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents.
  • antihypertensive agents examples include ⁇ -blockers such as alprenolol, atenolol, timolol, pindolol, propranolol and metoprolol, ACE (angiotensin con- verting enzyme) inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, quinapril anc amipril, calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine, felodipine, nicardipine, isradipine, nimodipine, diltiazem and verapamil, and ⁇ -blockers such as doxazosin, urapidil, prazosin and terazosin.
  • ACE angiotensin con- verting enzyme
  • the present invention also relates to a process for the preparation of the above said novel compounds, their derivatives, their analogs, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their polymorphs, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered aione or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, in either single or multiple doses.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be formulated with phar- maceutically acceptable carriers or diluents as well as any other known adjuvants and excipients in accordance with conventional techniques such as those disclosed in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19 th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995.
  • the compositions may appear in conventional forms, for example capsules, tablets, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or topical applications.
  • compositions include a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof, associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which may be a carrier or a diluent or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which may be a carrier or a diluent or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container.
  • the active compound will usually be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which may be in the form of a ampoule, capsule, sachet, paper, or other container.
  • the carrier When the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be solid, semi-solid, or liquid material which acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active compound.
  • the active compound can be adsorbed on a granular solid container for example in a sachet.
  • suitable carriers are water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, polyhydroxyethoxylated castor oil, peanut oil, olive oil, gelatine, lactose, terra alba, sucrose, cyclodextrin, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, stearic acid or lower alkyl ethers of cellulose, silicic acid, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, fatty acid monoglycerides and diglycerides, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene, hydroxymethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax.
  • the formulations may also include wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents or flavouring agents.
  • the formulations of the invention may be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures well known in the art.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be sterilized and mixed, if desired, with auxiliary agents, emulsifiers, salt for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers and/or colouring substances and the like, which do not deleteriously react with the active compounds.
  • the route of administration may be any route, which effectively transports the active compound to the appropriate or desired site of action, such as oral, nasal, pulmonary, trans- dermal or parenteral e.g. rectal, depot, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraurethral, intramuscular, intranasal, ophthalmic solution or an ointment, the oral route being preferred.
  • a solid carrier is used for oral administration, the preparation may be tabletted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge.
  • the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution.
  • the preparation may contain a compound of formula I dissolved or suspended in a liquid carrier, in particular an aqueous carrier, for aerosol application.
  • the carrier may contain additives such as solubilizing agents, e.g. propylene glycol, surfactants, abso ⁇ tion enhancers such as lecithin (phosphatidylcholine) or cyclodextrin, or preservatives such as parabenes.
  • injectable solutions or suspensions preferably aqueous solutions with the active compound dissolved in polyhydroxylated castor oil.
  • Tablets, dragees, or capsules having talc and/or a carbohydrate carrier or binder or the like are particularly suitable for oral application.
  • Preferable carriers for tablets, dragees, or capsules include lactose, com starch, and/or potato starch.
  • a syrup or elixir can be used in cases where a sweetened vehicle can be employed.
  • a typical tablet which may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques may contain: Core: Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof) 5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide (Aerosil) 1.5 mg Cellulose, microcryst. (Avicel) 70 mg Modified cellulose gum (Ac-Di-Sol) 7.5 mg Magnesium stearate Ad.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise the compound of formula (I) in combination with further pharmacologically active substances such as those described in the foregoing.
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered to a mammal, especially a human in need of such treatment, prevention, elimination, alleviation or amelioration of diseases related to the regulation of blood sugar.
  • mammals include also animals, both domestic animals, e.g. household pets, and non-domestic animals such as wildlife.
  • the compounds of the invention are effective over a wide dosage range.
  • a typical oral dosage is in the range of from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight per day, and more preferred from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day administered in one or more dosages such as 1 to 3 dosages.
  • the exact dosage will depend upon the frequency and mode of ad- ministration, the sex, age, weight and general condition of the subject treated, the nature and severity of the condition treated and any concomitant diseases to be treated and other factors evident to those skilled in the art.
  • the formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form by methods known to those skilled in the art.
  • a typical unit dosage form for oral administration one or more times per day such as 1 to 3 times per day may contain of from 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 50.0 mg, and more preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg. Any novel feature or combination of features described herein is considered essential to this invention.
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • ⁇ NMR shifts ( ⁇ ) are given in parts per million (pp . Mp is melting point and is given in °C.
  • THF tetrahydrofuran
  • DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
  • CDCI 3 deutorated chloroform
  • DMF N,N-dimethylformamide min: minutes h: hours
  • Step A Reacting a compound of formula II
  • Step B Reducing the compound of formula III, wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , Ri and R 6 are defined as above with a suitable reagent such as diisobutylaluminium hydride, to give a compound of formula IV
  • Step C Reacting the compound of formula IV, wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , and Ri are defined as above, (except that when X 1s X 2 , X 3 or X , are substituted with hydroxy, this functionality has to be protected) with a compound of formula V
  • Y 1 s Ar, Y 2 , Z and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen, under Mit- sunobu conditions, using a reagent such as triphenylphosphine/diethylazodicarboxylate and the like, to obtain a compound of formula I, wherein X-t, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen.
  • Ri and L are defined as above.
  • Step B Reacting the compound of formula VI wherein L is a leaving group such as p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen, triflate and the like and wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and Ri are defined as above with a compound of formula V wherein Yi, Ar, Y 2 , Z and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen, to give a compound of formula I wherein X-i, X 2 , X 3 , X , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, R and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen.
  • L is a leaving group such as p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen, triflate and the like and wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 and Ri are defined as above with a compound of formula V wherein Yi, Ar,
  • Step B Reacting a compound of formula IV as described under procedure A step C, to obtain a compound of formula I, wherein Xi, X 2 , Xs, X , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen.
  • Step A By chemical or enzymatic saponification of a compound of formula I wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen, to give a compound of formula I wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, R T and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is hydrogen.
  • Step A Reacting a compound of formula VIII
  • Step B Reacting a compound of formula IX, wherein X 2 , X 4 , ⁇ 1 ( Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen, with an acetylene derivative of Xi or X 3 , wherein X and X 3 are as defined above, under appropriate coupling conditions as Pd 2 (dba)3/Pd(P(t-Bu) 3 ) 2 /Cul/iPr 2 NH/THF, to give a compound of formula I, wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X 4 , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen.
  • Step C Reacting a compound of formula IX, wherein X 2 , X ⁇ Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen, with protected acetylene under appropriate coupling conditions as Pd 2 (dba) 3 /Pd(P(t-Bu) 3 ) 2 /Cul/iPr 2 NH/THF, to give a compound of formula I, wherein X 2 , X 4 , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen and Xi and X 3 are hydrogen.
  • Step D Reacting a compound of formula I, wherein X 2 , X , Y , Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen and Xi and X 3 are hydrogen, with an halogen derivative of Xi or X 3 , wherein Xi and X 3 are as defined above, under appropriate coupling conditions as Pd 2 (dba) 3 /Pd(P(t-Bu) 3 ) 2 /Cul/iPr 2 NHTHF, to give a compound of formula I, wherein Xi, X 2 , X 3 , X , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen.
  • Step A Converting the -OH functionality in the compound of formula VIII, wherein X 2 , X 4 and Ri are defined as above, to an appropriate leaving group (L) such as p-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen (for example by methods according to: Houben-Weyl, Methoden der organischen Chemie, Middle III, 6/1 b, Thieme-Verlag 1984, 4th Ed., pp. 927-939; Comprehensive Organic Transformations. A guide to functional group preparations, VCH Publishers 1989, 1 s1 Ed., pp. 353-363 and J. Org. Chem. Nol. 36 (20), 3044-3045, 1971), triflate and the like, to give a compound of formula X:
  • Step B Reacting the compound of formula X wherein L is a leaving group such as p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen, triflate and the like and wherein X 2 , X 4 and Ri are defined as above with a compound of formula V wherein Yi, Ar, Y 2 , Z and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen, to give a compound of formula IX, wherein X 2 , X 4 , Yi, Y 2 , Ar, Z, Ri and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen.
  • L is a leaving group such as p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen, triflate and the like and wherein X 2 , X 4 and Ri are defined as above with a compound of formula V wherein Yi, Ar, Y 2 , Z and R 2 are defined as above, except that R 2 is not hydrogen, to give
  • Step A A solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (7.60 g, 34 mmol) in benzene (30 mL) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (60 % suspension in oil; 1.40 g, 35 mmol) in benzene (30 mL) under stirring at ambient temperature. After 30 min, a solution of 4,4'-(phenyl- ethinyl)benzophenone (6.50 g, 17.0 mmol; prepared as described in Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser.Chim. 1996, 670) in a mixture of benzene and N,N-dimethylformamide (1 :1, 60 mL) was added.
  • Step B In atmosphere of nitrogen, diisobutylaluminium hydride (16% solution in tetrahydrofuran; 20 mL, 18.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of the above ester (3.0 g, 6.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) at -10 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 48 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was quenched with methanol (10 mL), water (30 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous potassium carbonate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was submitted to column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloro- form) yielding 3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allyl alcohol as white solid beside of unreacted starting ester (1.2 g).
  • Step A Triphenylphosphine (2.62 g, 10.0 mmol) and subsequently tetrabromomethane (3.32 g, 10.0 mmol) were added to a cooled solution of the above allyl alcohol (3.2 g, 7.80 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (60 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature, washed with water (15 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered through a short path of silica gel (Fluka 60) yielding 3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allyl bromide. Crude yield: 3.70 g (100 %). R F (SiO 2 , benzene) 0.70.
  • Step B In atmosphere of nitrogen, N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.70 g, 5.30 mmol) and subsequently a solution of ethyl (4-mercapto-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (1.00 g, 4.40 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) were added dropwise to a solution of the above bromide (1.90 g, 4.00 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (15 mL).
  • Step B The above diester (2.32 g, 4.00 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (20 mL), sodium borohydride (0.30 g, 7.90 mmol) was added portionwise at 5°C and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. A solution of 3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allyl bromide (1.80 g, 3.80 mmol; prepared as described in example 1) in 2-butanone (30 mL) and potassium carbonate (1.40 g, 10.0 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and then refluxed for 7 h.
  • Step B A solution of ethyl (2-methyl-4-mercaptophenoxy)acetate (3.4 g, 15.0 mmol) in 2- butanone (25 ml) was added to a mixture of the above bromide (7.2 g, 14.0 mmol) and po-
  • Step B A 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (4.70 mL, 4.7 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)pailadium (412 mg, 0.357 mmol) were added to a de- gassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (1010 mg, 1.51 mmol), 2-(trimethylsilylethynyl)thiophene (850 mg, 4.71 mmol; prepared as described in J. Org. Chem.
  • Step B A 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (3.60 mL, 3.6 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (345 mg, 0.299 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (1 g, 1.49 mmol; prepared as described in example 3), 3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)thiophene (753 mg, 4.18 mmol; prepared as described in J. Org. Chem.
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (25 mg, 0.596 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (248 mg, 0.393 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 28 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred under cooling for 90 min. A diluted aqueous solution of tartaric acid (4 mL) was added, the mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 100 mL). The combined ethereal layers were washed with water (30 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried with an- hydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform/methanol 98:2; 95:5) yielding the title acid. Yield: 130 mg (55 %).
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (77 mg, 0.404 mmol), isobutylamine (0.90 mL, 9.06 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (115 mg, 0.010 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyI)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (646 mg, 0.963 mmol; prepared as described in example 3) and 2-ethynylpyridine (0.40 ml, 3.96 mmol) in dry ether (35 mL).
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (30 mg, 0.715 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (346 mg, 0.557 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 60 min under cooling.
  • the reaction mixture was concentrated to half volume, diluted with water (15 mL), neutralized with acetic acid (40 mg, 0.666 mmol) and extracted with ether (3 x 15 mL) and chloroform (3 x 10 mL).
  • Step A To a solution of 3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)prop-2-en-1-ol (3.8 g, 8.2 mmol) and ethyl (4- hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (1.8 g, 9.0 mmol) in benzene (150 ml) tri-n-butylphosphine (2.43 g, 12.0 mol) was added under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and diisopropylazodicarboxylate (3.08 g, 15.0 mmol) was carefully added. Stirring was continued at 0 °C for 2 h and then at room temperature for 16 h.
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (70 mg, 0.50 mmol), isobutylamine (1.0 mL, 10 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (138 mg, 0.012 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of above methyl ester (672 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 2-ethynylpyridine (0.40 ml, 4.0 mmol) in dry ether (45 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h in atmos- phere of argon and subsequently evaporated in vacuo.
  • Step C Ethynyltrimethylsilane (1.33 mL, 9.60 mmol) was added to a degassed solution of
  • Step D Copper(l) iodide (7 mg, 36 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) (7 mg, 10 mmol) and were added to a degassed mixture of (4-[3,3-bis-(4- ethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy ⁇ acetic acid methyl ester (340 mg, 0.7512 mmol), 2-bromofurane (232 mg, 1.58 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (10 mg, 38.1 mmol) in triethylamine (4 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was heated at 80 °C for 2 h and subsequently cooled down.
  • II dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium
  • Step B 1 -Methyl-2-trimethylsilanylethynyl-1 H-pyrrole (0.63 g, 3.55 mmol; prepared as described in Synthesis, 1996, 589) was added to a degassed solution of ⁇ 4-[3,3-bis-(4- iodophenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy ⁇ acetic acid ethyl ester (1.00 g, 1.49 mmol; prepared as described in example 3) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL).
  • Step A A solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (36 mg, 0.85 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above ethyl ester in ethanol (1.5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. Resulting solution was diluted with water (10 mL), acidified with 2 M hydrochloric acid to pH -2 and extracted with di- ethyl ether. Organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 15 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried over magnesium sulphate and evaporated to dryness. A residuum was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) giving the title acid.
  • Step A and B An excess of a solution of hydrogen chloride in dry ether was added dropwise to a solution of the above allyl alcohol (406 mg, 0.889 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The formed heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 10 min and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. Thionyl chloride (10 mL) was added to the residue; the formed solution was stirred for 90 min and evaporated in vacuo. Dry toluene (15 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was evaporated again.
  • the heterogeneous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL); the organic layers were collected and washed with brine (3 x 20 mL), water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vac ⁇ o. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 99:1) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propyn-1 -yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetate as an oil. Yield: 464 mg (79 %). M.p. - (oil).
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (45 mg, 1.07 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (450 mg, 0.667 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h under cooling.
  • the reaction solution was diluted with water (20 mL) and the whole mixture was washed with toluene (4 x 10 mL). The organic layers were discarded and the aqueous layer was neutralized by addition of a solution of glacial acetic acid (64 mg, 1.07 mmol) in water (3 mL).
  • Ethynyltrimethylsilane (1.95 mL, 14.1 mmol) was added to a degassed solution of 3,3-di(4-iodophenyl)allyl alcohol (2.50 g, 5.41 mmol; prepared as described in example 3), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (188 mg, 0.163 mmol) and copper(l) iodide (72 mg, 0.378 mmol) in triethylamine (40 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred for 90 min and subsequently diluted with ether (40 mL). The obtained suspension was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo.
  • Step A and B An excess of a solution of hydrogen chloride in dry ether was added dropwise to a solution of the above allyl alcohol (307 mg, 0.824 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The formed heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 10 min and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. Thionyl chloride (10 mL) was added to the residue; the formed solution was stirred for 60 min and evaporated in vacuo. Dry toluene (15 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was evaporated again.
  • the heterogeneous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL); the organic layers were collected and washed with brine (3 x 20 mL), water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 99:1) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyn-1 -yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetate. Yield: 304 mg (63 %). M.p. — (oil).
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (12 mg,
  • Step C In atmosphere of nitrogen, diisopropylazodicarboxylate (0.16 mL, 0.807 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of 3,3-bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allyl alcohol (290 mg, 0.635 mmol; prepared as described in example 9), triphenylphosphine (217 mg, 0.827 mmol) and methyl (4-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (137 mg, 0.698 mmol; prepared as described in example 6) in a mixture of anhydrous toluene and tetrahydrofuran (2:1 , 12 mL).
  • Step A Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (38 mg, 0.906 mmol) was added to a solution of the above methyl ester (191 mg, 0.301 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 , 7 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 40 °C for 1 h and subsequently a solution of glacial acetic acid (51.5 ⁇ L, 0.901 mmol) in distilled water (4 L) was added and the mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and ether (30 mL).
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (24 mg, 0.126 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (63 mg, 0.055 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)- allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (600 mg, 0.895 mmol; prepared as described in ex- ample 3), 1 -(4-prop-2-ynylpiperazin-1 -yl)ethanone (447 mg, 2.69 mmol) in the mixture of anhydrous triethylamine (25 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (15 mL).
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (20 mg, 0.105 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (52 mg, 0.045 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)- allyIsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (500 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 1 -prop-2-ynyl-pyrrolidine (244 mg, 2.24 mmol; prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. 1991 , 34, 1073) in anhydrous triethylamine (20 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (10 mL).
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (48 mg, 1.14 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (487 mg, 0.770 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water mixture (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 90 min under cooling. Glacial acetic acid (0.066 mL, 1.15 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for further 10 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (40 mL), washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo giving sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 184 mg (40 %). M.p. — (oil).
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (26 mg, 0.14 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (69 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ⁇ 4-[3,3-bis-(4-iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]- 2-methylphenoxy ⁇ acetic acid methyl ester (640 mg, 1.0 mmol), N-propargylpyrrolidine (382 mg, 3.5 mmol), and triethylamine (25 mL) in dry tetrahydrofuran (15 ml).
  • Step A In atmosphere of argon, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (52 mg, 1.24 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (530 mg, 0.827 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 9 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 90 min under cooling.
  • the reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), neutralized with acetic acid and extracted with chloroform (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding the title acid. Yield: 460 mg (95 %).
  • the formed solution was cooled down, a solution of di(5-bromothiophen-2-yl)methanone (3.03 g, 8.61 mmol; prepared as described in Recl.Trav.Chim.Pays-Bas 1949, 68, 29) in a mixture of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and toluene (2:1 , 15 mL) was added and the resulting solution was refluxed for 2 h.
  • the reaction mix- ture was cooled down, poured into diluted aqueous solution of tartaric acid (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL).
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (22 mg, 0.116 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (67 mg, 0.058 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(5-bromothiophene-2- yl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (424 mg, 0.721 mmol) and N-propargylmorpholine (375 mg, 3.00 mmol) in anhydrous triethylamine (15 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h and subsequently for 3 h at 65 °C.
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (27 mg, 0.142 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenyIphosphine)palladium (80 mg, 0.069 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(5-bromothiophene-2- yl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (512 mg, 0.870 mmol; prepared as described ex- ample 15) and N-methyl-N-propargylacetamide (338 mg, 3.04 mmol; prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. 1991 , 34, 1073) in anhydrous triethylamine (15 mL).
  • ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(5-bromothiophene-2- yl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate 512 mg, 0.870 mmol; prepared as described ex- ample 15
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (18.9 mg, 0.450 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above , ester (188 mg, 0.290 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol (5:1 ; 6 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 45 min under cooling. Acetic acid (0.025 mL, 0.437 mmol) was added dropwise, the solution was stirred for 10 min and subsequently diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The mixture was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure title acid.
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (28 mg, 0.147 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (72 mg, 0.062 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4- iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (700 mg, 1.04 mmol) and 3,3-dimethyl-1- butyne (1.4 mL, 11.5 mmol) in anhydrous triethylamine (25 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (15 mL).
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (42 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (388 mg, 0.670 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 40 min under cooling. Acetic acid (0.058 mL, 1.01 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for 10 min and subsequently diluted with chloroform (40 mL). The mixture was washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 310 mg (84 %). R F (SiO 2 , ethyl acetate/methanol 7:3) 0.30.
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (22 mg, 0.116 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (65 mg, 0.056 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)allyl- sulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (624 mg, 0.931 mmol) and N-propargylimidazole (396 mg,
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (33 mg, 0.786 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (392 mg, 0.625 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/methanol (5:1 ; 6 mL) mixture and the resulting solution was stirred for 45 min under cooling.
  • the reaction mixture was neutralized with acetic acid (0.045 mL, 0.787 mmol), stirred for 15 min and diluted with dichloromethane (75 mL). The mixture was washed with a diluted solution of sodium chloride (3 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 15 mL).
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (23 mg, 0.121 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (67 mg, 0.056 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)- allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (649 mg, 0.968 mmol) and N-propargylpyrrolidinone (476 mg, 3.86 mmol; prepared as described in J. Med. Chem.
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen s a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (36 mg,
  • Step B Copper(l) iodide (58 mg, 0.305 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (151 mg, 0.131 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodo- phenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (1.2 g, 1.79 mmol) and propynoic acid methyl- amide (542 mg, 6.52 mmol) in anhydrous triethylamine (50 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (28 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 5 h.
  • Step A In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (32 mg, 0.763 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (291 mg, 0.501 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 60 min under cooling. Acetic acid (0.043 mL, 0.752 mmol) was added dropwise, the solution was stirred for 10 min and subsequently diluted with chloroform (40 mL). The mixture was washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 210 mg (76 %).
  • the PPAR transient transactivation assays are based on transient transfection into human HEK293 cells of two plasmids encoding a chimeric test protein and a reporter protein respectively.
  • the chimeric test protein is a fusion of the DNA binding domain (DBD) from the yeast GAL4 transcription factor to the ligand binding domain (LBD) of the human PPAR proteins.
  • DBD DNA binding domain
  • LBD ligand binding domain
  • the GAL4 DBD will direct the chimeric protein to bind only to Gal4 enhancers (of which none existed in HEK293 cells).
  • the reporter plasmid contained a Gal4 enhancer driving the expression of the firefly luciferase protein.
  • HEK293 cells expressed the GAL4-DBD-PPAR-LBD fusion protein.
  • the fusion protein will in turn bind to the Gal4 enhancer controlling the luciferase expression, and do nothing in the absence of ligand.
  • luciferase protein Upon addition to the cells of a PPAR ligand luciferase protein will be produced in amounts corresponding to the activation of the PPAR protein. The amount of luciferase protein is measured by light emission after addition of the appropriate substrate.
  • CELL CULTURE AND TRANSFECTION HEK293 cells were grown in DMEM + 10% FCS. Cells were seeded in 96-well plates the day before transfection to give a confluency of 50-80 % at transfection. A total of 0,8 ⁇ g DNA containing 0,64 ⁇ g pM1ot/ ⁇ LBD, 0,1 ⁇ g pCMV ⁇ Gal, 0,08 ⁇ g pGL2(Gal4) 5 and 0,02 ⁇ g pADVANTAGE was transfected per well using FuGene transfection reagent according to the manufacturers instructions (Roche). Cells were allowed to express protein for 48 h followed by addition of compound.
  • Plasmids Human PPAR ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ was obtained by PCR amplification using cDNA synthesized by reverse transcription of mRNA from human liver, adipose tissue and plancenta respectively. Amplified cDNAs were cloned into pCR2.1 and sequenced. The ligand binding domain (LBD) of each PPAR isoform was generated by PCR (PPAR ⁇ : aa 167 - C-terminus; PPAR ⁇ .
  • PPAR ⁇ aa 128 - C-terminus
  • DBD DNA binding domain
  • the reporter was constructed by inserting an oligonucleotide encoding five repeats of the GAL4 recognition se- quence (5 x CGGAGTACTGTCCTCCG(AG)) (Webster et al. (1988), Nucleic Acids Res. 16, 8192) into the vector pGL2 promotor (Promega) generating the plasmid pGL2(GAL4) 5 .
  • pCMV ⁇ Gal was purchased from Clontech and pADVANTAGE was purchased from Promega.
  • Luciferase assay Medium including test compound was aspirated and 100 ⁇ l PBS incl. 1 mM Mg++ and Ca++ was added to each well. The luciferase assay was performed using the LucLite kit according to the manufacturers instructions (Packard Instruments). Light emission was quantified by counting on a Packard LumiCounter. To measure ⁇ -galactosidase activity 25 ⁇ l supernatant from each transfection lysate was transferred to a new mi- croplate. ⁇ -galactosidase assays were performed in the microwell plates using a kit from Promega and read in a Labsystems Ascent Multiscan reader. The ⁇ -galactosidase data were used to normalize (transfection efficiency, cell growth etc.) the luciferase data.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Vascular Medicine (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Furan Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Novel compounds of the general formula (I), the use of these compounds as phar- maceutical compositions, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds and methods of treatment employing these compounds and compositions. The present compounds may be useful in the treatment and/or prevention of conditions mediated by Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors (PPAR), in particular the PPARδ suptype.

Description

PHENOXYACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS PPAR AGONISTS
FIELD OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to novel compounds, to the use of these compounds as pharmaceutical compositions, to pharmaceutical compositions comprising the compounds and to a method of treatment employing these compounds and compositions. More specifically, the compounds of the invention can be utilised in the treatment and/or prevention of conditions mediated by the Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors (PPAR), in particular the PPARδ subtype.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Coronary artery disease (CAD) is the major cause of death in Type 2 diabetic and metabolic syndrome patients (i.e. patients that fall within the 'deadly quartet' category of impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hypertriglyceridaemia and/or obesity). The hypolipidaemic fibrates and antidiabetic thiazolidinediones separately display moderately effective triglyceride-lowering activities although they are neither potent nor effi- cacious enough to be a single therapy of choice for the dyslipidaemia often observed in Type 2 diabetic or metabolic syndrome patients. The thiazolidinediones also potently lower circulating glucose levels of Type 2 diabetic animal models and humans. Studies on the molecular actions of these compounds indicate that thiazolidinediones and fibrates exert their action by activating distinct transcription factors of the peroxisome proliferator activated receptor (PPAR) family, resulting in increased and decreased expression of specific enzymes and apolipoproteins respectively, both key-players in regulation of plasma triglyceride content. Fibrates, on the one hand, are PPARα activators, acting primarily in the liver. Thiazolidinediones, on the other hand, are high affinity ligands for PPARγ acting primarily on adipose tissue. Adipose tissue plays a central role in lipid homeostasis and the maintenance of energy balance in vertebrates. Adipocytes store energy in the form of triglycerides during periods of nutritional affluence and release it in the form of free fatty acids at times of nutritional deprivation. The development of white adipose tissue is the result of a continuous differentiation process throughout life. Much evidence points to the central role of PPARγ activation in initiating and regulating this cell differentiation. Several highly specialised proteins are induced during adipocyte differentiation, most of them being involved in lipid storage and metabolism. The exact link from activation of PPARγto changes in glucose metabolism, most notably a decrease in insulin resistance in muscle, has not yet been clarified. A possible link is via free fatty acids such that activation of PPARγ induces Lipoprotein Lipase (LPL), Fatty Acid Transport Protein (FATP) and Acyl-CoA Synthetase (ACS) in adipose tissue but not in muscle tissue. This, in turn, reduces the concentration of free fatty acids in plasma dramatically, and due to substrate competition at the cellular level, skeletal muscle and other tissues with high metabolic rates eventually switch from fatty acid oxidation to glucose oxidation with decreased insulin resistance as a consequence. PPAR is involved in stimulating β-oxidation of fatty acids. In rodents, a PPARα- mediated change in the expression of genes involved in fatty acid metabolism lies at the basis of the phenomenon of peroxisome proliferation, a pleiotropic cellular response, mainly limited to liver and kidney and which can lead to hepatocarcinogenesis in rodents. The phenomenon of peroxisome proliferation is not seen in man. In addition to its role in peroxisome proliferation in rodents, PPARα is also involved in the control of HDL cholesterol levels in rodents and humans. This effect is, at least partially, based on a PPARα-mediated transcriptional regulation of the major HDL apolipoproteins, apo A-l and apo A-ll. The hypotriglyceridemic action of fibrates and fatty acids also involves PPARα and can be summarised as follows: (I) an increased lipolysis and clearance of remnant particles, due to changes in lipoprotein lipase and apo C-lll levels, (II) a stimulation of cellular fatty acid uptake and their subsequent conversion to acyl-CoA derivatives by the induction of fatty acid binding protein and acyl-CoA synthase, (111) an induction of fatty acid β-oxidation pathways, (IV) a reduction in fatty acid and triglyceride synthesis, and finally (V) a decrease in VLDL production. Hence, both enhanced catabolism of triglyceride-rich particles as well as reduced secretion of VLDL particles constitutes mechanisms that contribute to the hypolipidemic effect of fibrates. PPARδ activation was initially reported not to be involved in modulation of glucose or triglyceride levels. (Berger et al., /. Biol. Chem. , 1999, Vol 274, pp. 6718-6725). Later it has been shown that PPARδ activation leads to increased levels of HDL cholesterol in db/db mice (Leibowitz et al. FEBS letters 2000, 473, 333-336). Further, a PPARδ agonist when dosed to insulin-resistant middle-aged obese rhesus monkeys caused a dramitic dose- dependent rise in serum HDL cholesterol while lowering the levels of small dense LDL, fasting triglycerides and fasting insulin (Oliver et al. PNAS 2001 , 98, 5306-5311 ).The same paper also showed that PPARδ activation increased the reverse cholesterol transporter ATP- binding cassette A1 and induced apolipoprotein A1 -specific cholesterol efflux. The involvement of PPARδ in fatty acid oxidation in muscles was further substantiated in PPARα knock-out mice. Muoio et al. (J. Biol. Chem. 2002, 277, 26089-26097) showed that the high levels of PPARδ in skeletal muscle can compensate for deficiency in PPARα. Recently, two different transgenic mouse models over-expressing PPARδ in either adipose tissue (Ce// 2003, 113, 159-170) or in muscle tissue {FASEB J. 2003, 17, 209-226) have both shown up-regulation of genes (LPL, FABP, FAT, CD36, CPT1b, and ACS) and proteins (UCP-2) responsible for lipid uptake and metabolism and energy uncoupling. Both types of mice had reduced adipose tissue and were protected against high fat diet induced body weight gain. Further, pharmacological treatment of both high fat diet induced insulin resistant mice and diabetic ob/ob with the potent PPARδ agonist GW501516 showed lowering of plasma glucose and insulin and improved insulin sensitivity (PNAS 2003, 100, 15924-15929). In vivo increased oxygen consumption suggesting fuel-switch from glucose to FFA, as well as FFA oxidation in skeletal muscle was demonstrated both in vivo and in vitro. Supportive for the hypothesis of skeletal muscle being the major target organ were two publications on in vitro treatment of C2C12 muscle cells with GW501516 showing regulation of genes involved with TG hydrolysis and FFA oxi- dation (LPLf, ACS4f, CTPI ), preferential lipid utilization (PDK4|), energy expenditure
(UCP1 |,-2t, -3t) and lipid efflux (ABCA1/G1 t) (BioChem. Biophys. Ada 2003, 1633, 43-50; Mol. Endocrin. 2003, 17, 2477-2493). Direct and an indirect mechanisms recently demonstrated prompted the authors to suggest that "PPARδ and its ligands may serve as therapeutic targets to attenuate inflammation and slow the progression of atherosclerosis" (Science 2003, 302, 453-457). ... Taken together these observations suggest that PPARδ activation is useful in the treatment and prevention of cardiovascular diseases and conditions including atherosclerosis, hypertriglyceridemia, and mixed dyslipidaemia as well as type 2 diabetes. A number of PPARδ compounds have been reported to be useful in the treatment of hyperglycemia, hyperlipidemia and hypercholesterolemia (WO 01/00603, WO 02/59098, WO 03/084916, WO 03/074050, WO 03/074051 , WO 03/074052, WO 03/035603, WO 03/97607, WO 04/005253, WO 03/33493, WO 03/16291 , WO 02/76957, 02/46154, WO 03/16265, WO 02/100812, WO 02/98840, WO 02/80899, WO 02/79162, WO03/072100, WO 01/25181 , WO 02/14291 , WO 01 /79197, WO 99/4815, WO 97/28149, WO 98/27974, WO 97/28115, WO 97/27857, WO 97/28137, WO 97/27847). Glucose lowering as a single approach does not overcome the macrovascular complications associated with Type 2 diabetes and metabolic syndrome. Novel treatments of Type 2 diabetes and metabolic syndrome must therefore aim at lowering both the overt hy- pertriglyceridaemia associated with these syndromes as well as alleviation of hyperglycae- mia. This indicate that research for compounds displaying various degree of PPARα, PPARγ and PPARδ activation should lead to the discovery of efficacious triglyceride and/or cholesterol and/or glucose lowering drugs that have great potential in the treatment of diseases such as type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, syndrome X (including the metabolic syndrome, i.e. impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hypertngyceridaemia and/or obesity), cardiovascular diseases (including atherosclerosis) and hypercholesteremia.
DEFINITIONS In the structural formulas given herein and throughout the present specification the following terms have the indicated meaning: The term "d-e-alkyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a linear or branched, saturated hydrocarbon chain having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, hexyl, isohexyl and the like. The term "C-ι-6-alkylcarbonyl as used herein, represents a "Cι_6-alkyl" group as de- fined above having the indicated number of caώon atoms linked through a carbonyl group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, n- propylcarbonyl, isopropylcarbonyl, butylcarbonyl, isobutylcarbonyl, seobutylcarbonyl, tert- butylcarbonyl, n-pentylcarbonyl, isopentylcarbonyl, neopentylcarbonyl, terf-pentylcarbonyl, n- hexylcarbonyl, isohexylcarbonyl and the like. v The term "Cι-6-alkylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a "Ci-e-alkyl" group as defined above linked through a sulfonyl group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, n-propylsulfonyl, iso- propylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl, seσbutylsulfonyl, fett-butylsulfonyl, n-pentyl- sulfonyl, isopentylsulfonyl, neopentylsulfonyl, fert-pentylsulfonyl, n-hexylsulfonyl, isohexylsul- fonyl and the like. The term "Cι-6-alkylamido" as used herein, refers to an acyl group linked through an amino group; Representative examples include, but are not limited to acetylamino, propionyl- amino, butyrylamino, isobutyrylamino, pivaloylamino, valerylamino and the like. The term "C3-6-cyclo alkyl" as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a satu- rated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl and the like. The term "C -6-alkeny ' as used herein, represent an olefinically unsaturated branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to the specified number of carbon at- oms and at least one double bond. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, allyl, iso-propenyl, 1 ,3-butadienyl, 1-butenyl, hexenyl, pentenyl and the like. The term "C2-6-alkyny|" as used herein, represent an unsaturated branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 2 to the specified number of carbon atoms and at least one triple bond. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, 1-propynyl, 2- propynyl, 1-butynyl, 2-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 2-pentynyl and the like. The term "C -6-alkenynyl" as used herein, represent an unsaturated branched or straight hydrocarbon group having from 4 to the specified number of carbon atoms and both at least one double bond and at least one triple bond. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, 1-penten-4-ynyl, 3-penten-1 -ynyl, 1 ,3-hexadiene-5-ynyl and the like. The term "Cι-6-alkoxy" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight or branched configuration linked through an ether oxygen having its free valence bond from the ether oxygen. Examples of linear alkoxy groups are methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, pentoxy, hexoxy and the like. Examples of branched alkoxy are isopropoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, isopentyloxy, isohexyloxy and the like. The term "C3-6-cycloalkoxy" as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms linked through an ether oxygen having its free valence bond from the ether oxygen. Examples of cycloalkoxy groups are cyclopropyloxy, cyclobutyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclohexyloxy and the like. The term "Cι-6-alkylthio" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight or branched monovalent substituent comprising a "Cι-6-alkyl" group as defined above linked through a divalent sulfur atom having its free valence bond from the sulfur atom and having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylthio, ethyl- thio, propylthio, butylthio, pentylthio and the like. The term "C3-6-cycloalkylthio" as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms linked through a divalent sulfur atom having its free valence bond from the sulfur atom. Examples of cycloalkoxy groups are cyclopropylthio, cyclobutylthio, cyclopentylthio, cyclohexylthio and the like. The term "Cι.6-alkylamino" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a straight or branched monovalent substituent comprising a "Cι.6-alkyl" group as defined above linked through amino having a free valence bond from the nitrogen atom. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, butylamino, pentylamino and the like. The term "C-ι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl" as used herein refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a Cι-6-monoalkylamino group linked through a carbonyl group such as e.g. methyl- aminocarbonyl, ethylaminocarbonyl, n-propylaminocarbonyl, isopropylaminocarbonyl, n-butyl- aminocarbonyl, sec-butylaminocarbonyl, isobutylaminocarbonyl, tert-butylaminocarbonyl, n- pentylaminocarbonyl, 2-methylbutylaminocarbonyl, 3-methylbutylaminocarbonyl, n-hexylamino- carbonyl, 4-methylpentylaminocarbonyl, neopentylaminocarbonyl, n-hexylaminocarbonyl and
2-2-dimethylpropylaminocarbonyl and the like. The term "C3-6-cycloalkylamino" as used herein, alone or in combination, represent a saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon group having the indicated number of carbon atoms linked through amino having a free valence bond from the nitrogen atom. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropylamino, cyclobutylamino, cyclopentylamino, cyclo- hexylamino and the like. The term "Cι.6-alkoxyCι-6-alkyP' as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a
"C^e-alkyl" group as defined above whereto is attached a "Cι-6-alkoxy" group as defined above. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, methoxymethyl, ethoxy- methyl, methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl and the like. The term "aryl" as used herein refers to an aromatic monocyclic or an aromatic fused bi- ortricyclic hydrocarbon group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, anthracenyl, phenanthrenyl, azulenyl, fluorenyl, indenyl, pentalenyl and the like. The term "arylene" as used herein refers to divalent aromatic monocyclic or a divalent aromatic fused bi- or tricyclic hydrocarbon group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenylene, naphthylene and the like. The term "arylcarbonyl" as used herein represents an "aryl" group as defined above linked through a carbonyl group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenylcarbonyl, naphthylcarbonyl, anthracenylcarbonyl, phenanthrenylcarbonyl, azulenylcar- bonyl and the like The term "arylsulfonyl" as used herein refers to an "aryl" group as defined above linked through a sulfonyl group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenylsulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl, anthracenylsulfonyl, phenanthrenylsulfonyl, azulenylsulfonyl, and the like. The term "arylamido" as used herein refers to an arylcarbonyl group linked through an amino group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to phenylcarbonyl- amino, naphthyicarbonylamino, anthracenylcarbonylamino, phenanthrenylcarbonylamino, azulenylcarbonylamino and the like. The term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The term "perhalomethyl" means trifluoromethyl, trichloro methyl, tribromomethyl or triiodomethyl. The term "perhalomethoxy" means trifluoromethoxy, trichloromethoxy, tribromo- methoxy or triiodomethoxy. The term "Cι-6-dialkylamino" as used herein refers to an amino group wherein the two hydrogen atoms independently are substituted with a straight or branched, saturated hydrocarbon chain having the indicated number of carbon atoms. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, dimethylamino, N-ethyl-N-methylamino, diethylamino, dipropyl- amino, N-(n-butyl)-N-methylamino, di(n-pentyl)amino and the like. The term "acyl" as used herein refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a "Ci- e-alkyl" group as defined above linked through a carbonyl group. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, pivaloyl, valeryl and the like. The term "heteroaryl" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a monovalent substituent comprising a 5-7 membered monocyclic aromatic system or a 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic system containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, e.g. furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, isothiazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, quinazolinyl, quinoxalinnyl, isoindolyl, indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxa- zolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzofuranyl, tetrazolyl, carbazolyl, benzothienyl, pteridinyl and purinyl and the like. The term "heteroarylene" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to divalent
5-7 membered monocyclic aromatic system or a 8-10 membered bicyclic aromatic system containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, e.g. furylene, thienylene, pyrrolylene, imidazolylene, pyrazolylene, triazolylene, pyridylene, pyrazinylene, pyrimidinylene, pyridazinylene, isothiazolylene, isoxa∑olylene, oxazolylene, oxadiazolylene, thiadiazolylene, quinolylene, isoquinolylene, quinazolinylene, quinoxalinnylene, indolylene, benzimidazolylene, benzofuranylene, benzothienylene, pteridinylene and purinylene and the like. The term "heteroaryloxy" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to a heteroaryl as defined herein linked to an oxygen atom having its free valence bond from the oxygen atom e.g. pyrrolyloxy, imidazolyloxy, pyrazolyloxy, triazolyloxy, pyrazinyloxy, pyrimidinyloxy, pyridazinyloxy, isothiazolyloxy, isoxazolyloxy, oxazolyloxy, oxadiazolyloxy, thiadiazolyloxy, quinolinyloxy, isoquinolinyloxy, quinazolinyloxy, quinoxalinyloxy, indoltloxy, benzimidazolyloxy, benzofuranyloxy, pteridinyloxy and purinyloxy and the like. The term "aralkyl" as used herein refers to a straight or branched saturated carbon chain containing from 1 to 6 carbons substituted with an aromatic carbohydride. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, benzyl, phenethyl, 3-phenylpropyl, 1-naphthyl- methyl, 2-(1 -naphthyl)ethyl and the like. The term "aryloxy" as used herein refers to phenoxy, 1 -naphthyloxy, 2-naphthyloxy and the like. The term "aralkoxy" as used herein refers to a Cι-6-alkoxy group substituted with an aromatic carbohydride, such as benzyloxy, phenethoxy, 3-phenylpropoxy, 1-naphthyl- methoxy, 2-(1 -naphtyl)ethoxy and the like. The term "heteroaralkyl" as used herein refers to a straight or branched saturated carbon chain containing from 1 to 6 carbons substituted with a heteroaryl group; such as (2- furyl)methyl, (3-furyl)methyl, (2-thienyl)methyl, (3-thienyl)methyl, (2-pyridyl)methyl, 1 -methyl- 1 -(2-pyrimidyl)ethyl and the like. The term "heteroaralkoxy" as used herein refers to a heteroarylalkyl as defined herein linked to an oxygen atom having its free valence bond from the oxygen atom. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, (2-furyl)methyl, (3-furyl)methyl, (2- thienyl)methyl, (3-thienyl)methyl, (2-pyridyl)methyl, 1 -methyl-1 -(2-pyrimidyl)ethyl linked to oxygen, and the like. The term "arylthio" as used herein, alone or in combination, refers to an aryl group linked through a divalent sulfur atom having its free valence bond from the sulfur atom, the aryl group optionally being mono- or polysubstituted with Cι.6-alkyl, halogen, hydroxy or Ci-e-alkoxy. Representative examples include, but are not limited to, phenylthio, (4-methylphenyl)-thio, (2- chlorophenyl)thio and the like. The term "heterocyclyl" as used herein represents a saturated 3 to 12 membered monocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, S(=O) and S(=O)2. Representative examples are aziridinyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, homopiperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1 -oxo-thiomorpholinyl, 1 ,1-dioxo-thiomorpholinyl, tetrahy- drofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl, tetrahydro-1 ,1-dioxothienyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahy- drothiopyranyl, 1 ,4-dioxanyl, 1 ,3-dioxanyl, and the like. Heterocyclyl is also intended to represent a saturated bicyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, S(=O) and S(=O)z. Representative examples are octahydroindolyl, decahy- droquinoxalinyl, and the like. Heterocyclyl is also intended to represent a saturated heterocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, S(=O) and S(=O)2 and having one or two bridges. Representative examples are 3- azabicyclo[3.2.2]nonyl, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexyl, 2,5- diazabicyclo[2.2.1 jheptyl, atropinyl, tropinyl, quinudidinyl, 1 ,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl, and the like. Heterocyclyl is also intended to represent a saturated heterocyclic ring containing one or more heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, S(=O) and S(=O)2 and containing one or more spiro atoms. Representative examples are 1 ,4-dioxaspiro[4.5]decanyl, 8- azaspiro[4.5]decanyl, 2,8-diazaspiro[4.5]decanyl, and the like. The term "five to eight member ring" as used herein refers to a saturated or unsaturated, substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbon chain or hydrocarbon-heteroatom chain having from 3 to 6 atoms wherein the carbon atom in Ar, to which they are attached, and the adjacent carbon atom form a five to eight member ring. Certain of the above defined terms may occur more than once in the structural formulae, and upon such occurrence each term shall be defined independently of the other. The term "optionally substituted" as used herein means that the groups in question are either unsubstituted or substituted with one or more of the substituents specified. When the groups in question are substituted with more than one substituent the substituents may be the same or different. The term "treatment" is defined as the management and care of a patient for the purpose of combating or alleviating the disease, condition or disorderf,and the term includes the administration of the active compound to prevent the onset of the symptoms or complications, or alleviating the symptoms or complications, or eliminating the disease, condition, or disorder. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable" is defined as being suitable for administration to humans without adverse events.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention relates to compounds of the general formula (I):
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein X^ is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C-t-e-alkyl. C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, hetero- aralkyl, Cι.6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C -6-alkylthio, arylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Cι-6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsul- fonyl, Ci-e-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, d-e-alkylamino, Cι-6-di- alkylamino or C3.6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or
X-i is Cι-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, carbamoyl or C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Cι_6-alkyl, C3-e-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-e-aIkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, C^-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, C3.6- cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C-i-e-alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι.6-alkyl- thio, heteroaryl-Cι.6-alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkylcarbonyl, C3.6-cyclo- alkyl- Cι-6-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, Cι-6-alkylsulfonyl, C3.6- cycloalkylsulfonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, C1.6-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)sulfamoyl, C .6-alkoxycarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkoxy- carbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-Cι_6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι-6- alkyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyi)amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkylamido, C3-6-cyclo- alkyl-Cι-6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkylamino- carbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, di-(C3. 6-cycIoalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, C3-6-cycloalkylamino, C3.6- cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3-e-cycloalkyl)amino or di-(C3.6- cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl)amino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo
X2 is arylene or heteroarylene each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Cι.6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, d-6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, Cι-6- alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, d-e-alkylamino, Ci-e-dialkylamino or C3_6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
X3 is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Cι.6-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, hetero- aralkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι.6-alkylthio, arylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, Ci-e-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Cι-6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsul- fonyl, d-6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-s-alkylamino, Cι-6-di- alkylamino or C3-6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or
X3 is d-6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, carbamoyl or d-e-cycloalkyl-d-e-alkyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • d_6-alkyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2_6-alkynyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-d.6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, C3.6- cycloalkyl-d-6-alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι-6-alkyl- thio, heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkylcarbonyl, C3.6-cyclo- alkyl- Cι-6-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, d-e-alkylsulfonyl, C3.6- cycloalkylsulfonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, d-e-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(d.6-alkyl)sulfamoyl, Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkoxy- carbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-C^e-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-d.6- alkyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino-d-6-alkyl, d-6-alkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkylamido, C3.6-cyclo- alkyl-d.6-alkylamido, arylamido, C -6-alkylaminocarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkylaminocar- bonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C1.6-alkyl)aminocarbonyI, di-(C3_6- cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, Cι-6-alkylamino, C3-B-cycloalkylamino, C3.6-cyclo- alkyl-d-e-alkylamino, di-(C1-6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl)amino or di-(C3.6-cyclo- alkyl-Cι-6-alkyl)amino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo is arylene or heteroarylene each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • d-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C36-cycloalkoxy, Cι.6- alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, Cι.6-alkylamino, Ci-e-dialkylamino or C3-6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
Ar is arylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy or cyano; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, het- eroaralkyl, Cι.6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C1-6- alkylthio, arylthio or C3.6-cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or • two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a five to eight member ring; and
Y1 is O or S; and
Y2 is O or S; and
Z is -(CH2)n- wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3; and "j
Ri is hydrogen, halogen or a substituent selected from • d-6-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, C-|.6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, d-6-alkylthio, arylthio or C3.6- cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
R2 is hydrogen, d.6-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, C .6-alkenynyl or aryl; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, or any tautomeric forms, stereoisomers, mixture of stereoisomers including a racemic mixture, or polymorphs.
In one embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X-i is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
• d-e-alkyl, aryl, Ci-e-alkoxy or Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• C „6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is aryl optionally substituted with halogen. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, Ci-e-alkoxy or Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X^ is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of perhalomethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is phenyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, d-6-alkoxy or Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or thienyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogens or Cι-6-alkyl, 'which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is pyrrolyl or pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more d.6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is furyl or thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is pyrrolyl optionally substituted with one or more Cι-6-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more Cι-6-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is furyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- ■..■ mula (I) wherein Xi is thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is ben∑othienyl or benzofuryl optionally substituted with one or more of Cι.6-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is Cι-6-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2_6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι.6- alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-C .6-alkylthio, heteroaryl-Cι.6- alkylthio, Ci-6-alkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cyclo alkyl- Ci-e-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl, C3-6-cycloalkylsulfonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl- d-6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)sulfa- moyi, Ci-e-alkoxycarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-d-e-alkyl, Cι.6-alkylamino-Cι-6-alkyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Ci-6-alkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-e-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, 5 C3-6-cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)amino- carbonyl, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, Cι-6-alkylamino, C3-6-cycloalkyl- amino, C3-B-cycloalkyl-Cι.6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3-6-cycioalkyl)amino or di- (C3-6-cycloalkyl-d-6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo. 10 In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is d-6-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen or hydroxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, d.6-alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, C3.6- 15 cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι_6-alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι-6-alkyl, di-(C - 6-alkyl)amino-Cι-6-alkyi, Cι-6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)- aminocarbonyl, Cι_6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo.
20 In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for-
••« mula (I) wherein Xi is Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Cι-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, C -6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)- amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for-
25 mula (I) wherein Xi is Cι-6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-e-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of d.6-alkyl.
30 In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with heteroaryl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is Cι-6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X-, is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of morpholinyl, piperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with Ci-e-alkylamino optionally substituted with acetyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Xi is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Xi is carbamoyl optionally substituted with acetyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is arylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or • Cι-6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is arylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selec- ted from
• halogen or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more of C -6-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is phenylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X2 is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X2 is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is heteroarylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X2 is thienylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Cι.6-alkyl, aryl, Ci-e-alkoxy or Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• d-β-alkyi, aryl, Cι-6-alkoxy or Ci_6-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more of perhalomethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is phenyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
• d-e-alkyl, aryl, Cι-6-alkoxy or Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or thienyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogens or Cι-6-aikyl, which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. in another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3 is pyrrolyl or pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more Cι.6-alkyl op- tionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3 is furyl or thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is pyrrolyl optionally substituted with one or more Ci-e-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is pyridyl optionally substituted with one or more Ci-e-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is furyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is benzothienyl or benzofuryl optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or
• Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Cι_6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6- alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3-e-cycloalkylthio, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-e-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι.6-alkylthio, heteroaryl-Ci-e- alkylthio, Cι.6-alkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cycloaikylcarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl- Ci-e-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl, C3.6-cycloalkylsulfonyl, C3_6-cycloalkyl- Cι-e-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)sulfa- moyl, Cι.6-alkoxycarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-Ci-e-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-d.6-alkyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino-d.6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, C3-e-cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-d-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)amino- carbonyl, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι.6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, Cι-6-alkylamino, C3.6-cycloalkyl- amino, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-aIkylamino, di-(d-6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl)amino or di- (C3-e-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl)amino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3 is Cι-6-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from
• halogen or hydroxy; or
• d-e-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, d.6-alkoxy, d.6-alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkyIthio, C3.6- cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι.6-alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, amino-Cι.6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι.6-alkyl, di-(Cι_ e-alkyl)amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyI)- aminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3 is Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from Ci-e-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)- amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Ci-e-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of d-6-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with heteroaryl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of heterocyclyl optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X3 is Cι.6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more of morpholinyl, piperazinyl or pyrrolidinyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with Ci-e-alkylamino optionally substituted with acetyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with di-(Cι.6-alkyl)amino. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X3is carbamoyl optionally substituted with acetyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X is arylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X4 is arylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X4 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or • Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X4 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X4 is phenylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen or • d-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein X4 is heteroarylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein X4 is thienylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen, hydroxy or cyano; or
• Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, arylthio or C -6-cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or . • two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions, together with the atoms to which they are attached, may form a five to eight member ring. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, aryloxy or aralkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or
• two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five membered carbon cycle. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with halogen. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of Ci-e- alkoxy optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of aryloxy optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more of aralkoxy optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with methyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ar is phenylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Yi is S. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Yi is O. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Y2 is O. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Y2 is S. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein n is 1. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R-i is hydrogen or a substituent selected from • Cι-6-alkyl, aralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ri is hydrogen or a substituent selected from
• d-6-alkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ri is hydrogen. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein Ri is methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of for- mula (I) wherein Ri is methoxy or ethoxy. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R2 is hydrogen or d.6-alkyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R2 is hydrogen. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula (I) wherein R2 is methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkyl is methyl or ethyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkenyl is vinyl or 1 -propenyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkynyl is 1-propynyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula l wherein alkenynyl is 1 -pentene-4-yne. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein alkoxy is methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy or cyclopropoxy. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aryl is phenyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein arylene is phenylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein halogen is bromine, fluorine or chlorine. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein perhalomethyl is trifluoromethyl. In another-embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein perhalomethoxy is trifluoromethoxy, In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroaryl is furyl or thienyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroaryl is pyrrolyl or pyridyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroaryl is benzofuryl or benzothienyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein arylene is phenylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein heteroarylene is thienylene. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aralkyl is benzyl. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aryloxy is phenoxy. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein aralkoxy is benzyloxy. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein the substituents Ri and X4 are arranged in a trans-configuration. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I wherein the substituents Ri and X are arranged in a cis-configuration. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I which are PPARδ agonists. In another embodiment, the present invention is concerned with compounds of formula I which are selective PPARδ agonists. Examples of compounds of the invention are: {4-[3,3-Bis-(4-phenylethynyl-phenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid; {4-[3,3-Bis-(4-phenylethynyl-phenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-bromo-phenoxy}-acetic acid; or a salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base, or any optical isomer or mixture of optical isomers, including a racemic mixture, or any tautomeric forms. Other examples of compounds of the invention are: [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[(thiofen-2-yl)ethylnyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; {4-[3,3-Bis-(4-thiophen-3-ylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[(pyridine-2-yl)ethylnyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; {4-[3,3-Bis-(4-pyridin-2-ylethynylphenyl)allyloxy]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid; {4-[3,3-Bis-(4-furan-2-ylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid; (4-{3,3-Bis-[4-(1-methyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylethynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propyn-1-yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyn-1-yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allyloxy]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; [4-(3,3-Bis-{4-[3-(4-acetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-prop-1-ynyl]-phenyl}allylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-phen- oxyjacetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-prop-1 -ynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; (4-{3,3-Bis-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-prop-1 -ynyl)phenyl]allyloxy}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis[5-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]- acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[5-[3-(N-acetyl-N-methylamino)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methyl- phenoxyjacetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3,3,3-trimethylpropynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(imidazol-1-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis(4-methylcarbamoylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; or a salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base, or any optical isomer or mixture of optical isomers, including a racemic mixture, or any tautomeric forms. The present invention also encompasses pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the present compounds. Such salts include pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salts, pharmaceutically acceptable metal salts, ammonium and alkylated ammonium salts. Acid addition salts include salts of inorganic acids as well as organic acids. Representative examples of suitable inorganic acids include hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, phosphoric, sulfuric, nitric acids and the like. Representative examples of suitable organic acids include formic, acetic, trichloroacetic, trifluoroacetic, propionic, benzoic, cinnamic, citric, fumaric, glycolic, lactic, maleic, malic, malonic, mandelic, oxalic, picric, pyruvic, salicylic, succinic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, tartaric, ascorbic, pamoic, bismethylene salicylic, ethanedisulfoni , gluconic, citraconic, aspartic, stearic, palmitic, EDTA, glycolic, p-aminoben∑oic, glutamic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic acids, sulphates, nitrates, phosphates, perchlorates, borates, acetates, benzoates, hydroxynaph- thoates, glycerophosphates, ketoglutarates and the like. Further examples of pharmaceuti- cally acceptable inorganic or organic acid addition salts include the pharmaceutically acceptable salts listed in J. Pharm. Sci. 1977, 66, 2, which is incorporated herein by reference. Examples of metal salts include lithium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, zinc, calcium salts and the like. Examples of amines and organic amines include ammonium, methylamine, di- methylamine, trimethylamine, ethylamine, diethylamine, propylamine, butylamine, tetrame- thylamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, meglumine, ethylenediamine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylenediamine, N-benzylphenylethylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, guanidine and the like. Examples of cationic amino acids include lysine, arginine, histidine and the like. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts are prepared by reacting the compound of formula I with 1 to 4 equivalents of a base such as sodium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, so- dium hydride, potassium t-butoxide, calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide and the like, in solvents like ether, THF, methanol, t-butanol, dioxane, isopropanol, ethanol etc. Mixture of solvents may be used. Organic bases like lysine, arginine, diethanolamine, choline, guandine and their derivatives etc. may also be used. Alternatively, acid addition salts wherever appli- cable are prepared by treatment with acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, p-toluenesulphonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, maleic acid salicylic acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, ascorbic acid, palmitic acid, succinic acid, ben∑oic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, tartaric acid and the like in solvents like ethyl acetate, ether, alcohols, acetone, THF, dioxane etc. Mixture of solvents may also be used. The stereoisomers of the compounds forming part of this invention may be prepared by using reactants in their single enantiomeric form in the process wherever possible or by conducting the reaction in the presence of reagents or catalysts in their single enantiomer form or by resolving the mixture of stereoisomers by conventional methods. Some of the preferred methods include use of microbial resolution, enzymatic resolution, resolving the diastereomeric salts formed with chiral acids such as mandelic acid, camphorsulfonic acid, tartaric acid, lactic acid, and the like wherever applicable or chiral bases such as brucine, (R)- or (S)-phenylethylamine, cinchona alkaloids and their derivatives and the like. Commonly used methods are compiled by Jaques et al in "Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolu- tion" (Wiley Interscience, 1981 ). More specifically the compound of formula I may be con- vertedΛo a 1 :1 mixture of diastereomeric amides by treating with chiral amines, aminoacids, aminoalcohols derived from aminoacids; conventional reaction conditions may be employed to convert acid into an amide; the dia-stereomers may be separated either by fractional crystallization or chromatography and the stereoisomers of compound of formula I may be pre- pared by hydrolysing the pure diastereomeric amide. Various polymorphs of compound of general formula I forming part of this invention may be prepared by crystallization of compound of formula I under different conditions. For example, using different solvents commonly used or their mixtures for recrystallization; crystallizations at different temperatures; various modes of cooling, ranging from very fast to very slow cooling during crystallizations. Polymorphs may also be obtained by heating or melting the compound followed by gradual or fast cooling. The presence of polymorphs may be determined by solid probe nmr spectroscopy, ir spectroscopy, differential scanning calorimetry, powder X-ray diffraction or such other techniques. The invention also encompasses prodrugs of the present compounds, which on ad- ministration undergo chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming active pharmacological substances. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the present compounds, which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound of the formula (I). Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. H. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985. The invention also encompasses active metabolites of the present compounds. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound of the formula I or any optical or geometric isomer or tautomeric form thereof including mixtures of these or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or diluents. Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of compounds of the general formula I or their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their polymorphs, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of conditions mediated by nu- clear receptors, in particular the Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors (PPAR) such as the conditions mentioned above. In another aspect, the present invention relates to a method of treating and/or preventing Type I or Type II diabetes. In a still further aspect, the present invention relates to the use of one or more com- pounds of the general formula I or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Type I or Type II diabetes. In a still further aspect, the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prevention of IGT. In a still further aspect, the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 2 diabetes. In a still further aspect, the present compounds are useful for the delaying or prevention of the progression from IGT to Type 2 diabetes. In a still further aspect, the present compounds are useful for the delaying or pre- vention of the progression from non-insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes to insulin requiring Type 2 diabetes. In another aspect, the present compounds reduce blood glucose and triglyceride levels and are accordingly useful for the treatment and/or prevention of ailments and disorders such as diabetes and/or obesity. In still another aspect, the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of insulin resistance (Type 2 diabetes), impaired glucose tolerance, dyslipidemia, disorders related to Syndrome X such as hypertension, obesity, insulin resistance, hypergly- caemia, atherosclerosis, artherosclerosis, hyperlipidemia, coronary artery disease, myocar- dial ischemia and other cardiovascular disorders. In still another aspect, the present compounds are useful for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of diseases or complications related to atherosclerosis such as coronary artery diseases, coronary heart diseases, heart attack, myocardial infarct, coronary infarct, transient ischemic attack (TIA) or stroke. In still another aspect, the present compounds are effective in decreasing apoptosis in mammalian cells such as beta cells of Islets of Langerhans. In still another aspect, the present compounds are useful for the treatment of certain renal diseases including glomerulonephritis, glomerulosclerosis, nephrotic syndrome, hypertensive nephrosclerosis. In still another aspect, the present compounds may also be useful for improving cognitive functions in dementia, treating diabetic complications, psoriasis, polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS) and prevention and treatment of bone loss, e.g. osteoporosis. In yet another aspect, the invention also relates to the use of the present compounds, which after administration lower the bio-markers of atherosclerosis like, but not lim- ited to, c-reactive protein (CRP), TNFα and IL-6. The present compounds may also be administered in combination with one or more further pharmacologically active substances eg., selected from antiobesity agents, antidiabet- ics, antihypertensive agents, agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications resulting from or associated with diabetes and agents for the treatment and/or prevention of complications and disorders resulting from or associated with obesity. Thus, in a further aspect of the invention the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antiobesity agents or appetite regulating agents. Such agents may be selected from the group consisting of CART (cocaine amphetamine regulated transcript) agonists, NPY (neuropeptide Y) antagonists, MC4 (melano- cortin 4) agonists, orexin antagonists, TNF (tumor necrosis factor) agonists, CRF (corticotro- pin releasing factor) agonists, CRF BP (corticotropin releasing factor binding protein) antagonists, urocortin agonists, β3 agonists, MSH (melanocyte-stimulating hormone) agonists, MCH (melanocyte-concentrating hormone) antagonists, CCK (cholecystokinin) agonists, serotonin re-uptake inhibitors, serotonin and noradrenaline re-uptake inhibitors, mixed sero- tonin and noradrenergic compounds, 5HT (serotonin) agonists, bombesin agonists, galanin antagonists, growth hormone, growth hormone releasing compounds, TRH (thyreotropin releasing hormone) agonists, UCP 2 or 3 (uncoupling protein 2 or 3) modulators, leptin agonists, DA agonists (bromocriptin, doprexin), lipase/amylase inhibitors, RXR (retinoid X receptor) modulators or TR β agonists. In one embodiment of the invention the antiobesity agent is leptin. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is dexamphetamine or amphetamine. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is fenfluramine or dexfenfluramine. In still another embodiment the antiobesity agent is sibutramine. In a further embodiment the antiobesity agent is orlistat. In another embodiment the antiobesity agent is mazindol or phentermine. Suitable antidiabetics comprise insulin, GLP-1 (glucagon like peptide-1) derivatives such as those disclosed in WO 98/08871 to Novo Nordisk A/S, which is incorporated herein by reference as well as orally active hypoglycaemic agents. The orally active hypoglycaemic agents preferably comprise sulphonylureas, bigua- nides, meglitinides, glucosidase inhibitors, glucagon antagonists such as those disclosed in WO 99/01423 to Novo Nordisk A/S and Agouron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., GLP-1 agonists, potassium channel openers such as those disclosed in WO 97/26265 and WO 99/03861 to Novo Nordisk A/S which are incorporated herein by reference, DPP-IV (dipeptidyl peptidase- IV) inhibitors, inhibitors of hepatic enzymes involved in stimulation of gluconeogenesis and/or glycogenolysis, glucose uptake modulators, compounds modifying the lipid metabolism such as antihyperlipidemic agents and antilipidemic agents as HMG CoA inhibitors (statins), com-*? pounds lowering food intake, RXR agonists and agents acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the β-cells. In one embodiment of the invention the present compounds are administered in combination with insulin. In a further embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with a sulphonylurea eg. tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide or glicazide. In another embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with a biguanide eg. metformin. In yet another embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with a meglitinide eg. repaglinide or senaglinide. In a further embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with an α-glucosidase inhibitor eg. miglitol or acarbose. In another embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with an agent acting on the ATP-dependent potassium channel of the β-cells eg. tolbutamide, glibenclamide, glipizide, glicazide or repaglinide. Furthermore, the present compounds may be administered in combination with nateglinide. In still another embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with an antihyperlipidemic agent or antilipidemic agent eg. cholestyramine, colestipol, clofi- brate, gemfibrozil, fenofibrate, bezaf ibrate, tesaglitazar, EML-4156, LY-518674, LY-519818, MK-767, atorvastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, simvastatin, cerivastin, acipimox, ezetimibe probucol, dextrothyroxine or nicotinic acid. In yet another embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with a thiazolidinedione e.g. troglitazone, ciglitazone, pioglitazone or rosiglitazone. In a further embodiment the present compounds are administered in combination with more than one of the above-mentioned compounds eg. in combination with a sulphony- lurea and metformin, a sulphonylurea and acarbose, repaglinide and metformin, insulin and a sulphonylurea, insulin and metformin, insulin, insulin and lovastatin, etc. Furthermore, the present compounds may be administered in combination with one or more antihypertensive agents. Examples of antihypertensive agents are β-blockers such as alprenolol, atenolol, timolol, pindolol, propranolol and metoprolol, ACE (angiotensin con- verting enzyme) inhibitors such as benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, quinapril anc amipril, calcium channel blockers such as nifedipine, felodipine, nicardipine, isradipine, nimodipine, diltiazem and verapamil, and α-blockers such as doxazosin, urapidil, prazosin and terazosin. Further reference can be made to Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19* Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995. It should be understood that any suitable combination of the compounds according to the invention with one or more of the above-mentioned compounds and optionally one or more further pharmacologically active substances are considered to be within the scope of the present invention. The present invention also relates to a process for the preparation of the above said novel compounds, their derivatives, their analogs, their tautomeric forms, their stereoisomers, their polymorphs, their pharmaceutically acceptable salts or pharmaceutically acceptable solvates. PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS The compounds of the invention may be administered aione or in combination with pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients, in either single or multiple doses. The pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may be formulated with phar- maceutically acceptable carriers or diluents as well as any other known adjuvants and excipients in accordance with conventional techniques such as those disclosed in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 19th Edition, Gennaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., Easton, PA, 1995. The compositions may appear in conventional forms, for example capsules, tablets, aerosols, solutions, suspensions or topical applications. Typical compositions include a compound of formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof, associated with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which may be a carrier or a diluent or be diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which can be in the form of a capsule, sachet, paper or other container. In making the compositions, conventional techniques for the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions may be used. For example, the active compound will usually be mixed with a carrier, or diluted by a carrier, or enclosed within a carrier which may be in the form of a ampoule, capsule, sachet, paper, or other container. When the carrier serves as a diluent, it may be solid, semi-solid, or liquid material which acts as a vehicle, excipient, or medium for the active compound. The active compound can be adsorbed on a granular solid container for example in a sachet. Some examples of suitable carriers are water, salt solutions, alcohols, polyethylene glycols, polyhydroxyethoxylated castor oil, peanut oil, olive oil, gelatine, lactose, terra alba, sucrose, cyclodextrin, amylose, magnesium stearate, talc, gelatin, agar, pectin, acacia, stearic acid or lower alkyl ethers of cellulose, silicic acid, fatty acids, fatty acid amines, fatty acid monoglycerides and diglycerides, pentaerythritol fatty acid esters, polyoxyethylene, hydroxymethylcellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Similarly, the carrier or diluent may include any sustained release material known in the art, such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate, alone or mixed with a wax. The formulations may also include wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, preserving agents, sweetening agents or flavouring agents. The formulations of the invention may be formulated so as to provide quick, sustained, or delayed release of the active ingredient after administration to the patient by employing procedures well known in the art. The pharmaceutical compositions can be sterilized and mixed, if desired, with auxiliary agents, emulsifiers, salt for influencing osmotic pressure, buffers and/or colouring substances and the like, which do not deleteriously react with the active compounds. The route of administration may be any route, which effectively transports the active compound to the appropriate or desired site of action, such as oral, nasal, pulmonary, trans- dermal or parenteral e.g. rectal, depot, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraurethral, intramuscular, intranasal, ophthalmic solution or an ointment, the oral route being preferred. If a solid carrier is used for oral administration, the preparation may be tabletted, placed in a hard gelatin capsule in powder or pellet form or it can be in the form of a troche or lozenge. If a liquid carrier is used, the preparation may be in the form of a syrup, emulsion, soft gelatin capsule or sterile injectable liquid such as an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid suspension or solution. For nasal administration, the preparation may contain a compound of formula I dissolved or suspended in a liquid carrier, in particular an aqueous carrier, for aerosol application. The carrier may contain additives such as solubilizing agents, e.g. propylene glycol, surfactants, absoφtion enhancers such as lecithin (phosphatidylcholine) or cyclodextrin, or preservatives such as parabenes. For parenteral application, particularly suitable are injectable solutions or suspensions, preferably aqueous solutions with the active compound dissolved in polyhydroxylated castor oil. Tablets, dragees, or capsules having talc and/or a carbohydrate carrier or binder or the like are particularly suitable for oral application. Preferable carriers for tablets, dragees, or capsules include lactose, com starch, and/or potato starch. A syrup or elixir can be used in cases where a sweetened vehicle can be employed. ,,. A typical tablet which may be prepared by conventional tabletting techniques may contain: Core: Active compound (as free compound or salt thereof) 5 mg Colloidal silicon dioxide (Aerosil) 1.5 mg Cellulose, microcryst. (Avicel) 70 mg Modified cellulose gum (Ac-Di-Sol) 7.5 mg Magnesium stearate Ad.
Coating: HPMC approx. 9 mg *Mywacett 9-40 T approx. 0.9 mg *Acylated monoglyceride used as plasticizer for film coating. If desired, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise the compound of formula (I) in combination with further pharmacologically active substances such as those described in the foregoing. The compounds of the invention may be administered to a mammal, especially a human in need of such treatment, prevention, elimination, alleviation or amelioration of diseases related to the regulation of blood sugar. Such mammals include also animals, both domestic animals, e.g. household pets, and non-domestic animals such as wildlife. The compounds of the invention are effective over a wide dosage range. A typical oral dosage is in the range of from about 0.001 to about 100 mg/kg body weight per day, preferably from about 0.01 to about 50 mg/kg body weight per day, and more preferred from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg body weight per day administered in one or more dosages such as 1 to 3 dosages. The exact dosage will depend upon the frequency and mode of ad- ministration, the sex, age, weight and general condition of the subject treated, the nature and severity of the condition treated and any concomitant diseases to be treated and other factors evident to those skilled in the art. The formulations may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form by methods known to those skilled in the art. A typical unit dosage form for oral administration one or more times per day such as 1 to 3 times per day may contain of from 0.05 to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 50.0 mg, and more preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg. Any novel feature or combination of features described herein is considered essential to this invention.
EXAMPLES The following examples and general procedures refer to intermediate compounds and final products identified in the specification and in the synthesis schemes. The preparation of the compounds of the present invention is described in detail using the following examples. Occasionally, the reaction may not be applicable as described to each compound included within the disclosed scope of the invention. The compounds for which this occurs will be readily recognised by those skilled in the art. In these cases the reactions can be successfully performed by conventional modifications known to those skilled in the art, that is, by appropriate protection of interfering groups, by changing to other conventional reagents, or by routine modification of reaction conditions. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or otherwise conventional will be applicable to the preparation of the corresponding compounds of the invention. In all preparative methods, all starting materials are known or may easily be prepared from known starting materials. The structures of the compounds are confirmed nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR). NMR shifts (δ) are given in parts per million (pp . Mp is melting point and is given in °C. The abbreviations as used in the examples have the following meaning: THF: tetrahydrofuran DMSO: dimethylsulfoxide CDCI3: deutorated chloroform DMF: N,N-dimethylformamide min: minutes h: hours
General procedure (A)
Step A: Reacting a compound of formula II
Figure imgf000035_0001
wherein Xi, X2, X3 and X4 are defined as above, through a Horner-Emmons-like process with for example (EtO)2PO(CHRι)COOR6 (wherein R6 is an alkyl group), in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride, EtONa and the like to give a compound of formula III
Figure imgf000035_0002
wherein Xi, X2, X3, X , Ri and R6 are defined as above Step B: Reducing the compound of formula III, wherein Xi, X2, X3, X4, Ri and R6 are defined as above with a suitable reagent such as diisobutylaluminium hydride, to give a compound of formula IV
Figure imgf000036_0001
wherein Xi , X2, X3, X and Ri are defined as above, and
Step C: Reacting the compound of formula IV, wherein Xi, X2, X3, X4, and Ri are defined as above, (except that when X1s X2, X3 or X , are substituted with hydroxy, this functionality has to be protected) with a compound of formula V
Figure imgf000036_0002
wherein Y1 s Ar, Y2, Z and R2 are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen, under Mit- sunobu conditions, using a reagent such as triphenylphosphine/diethylazodicarboxylate and the like, to obtain a compound of formula I, wherein X-t, X2, X3, X4, Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen.
General procedure (B) Step A: Converting the -OH functionality in the compound of formula IV, wherein Xi, X2, X3) X , and Ri are defined as above, to an appropriate leaving group (L) such as p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen (for example by methods according to: Houben-Weyl, Methoden der organischen Chemie, Alkohole III, 6/1 b, Thieme-Verlag 1984, 4th Ed., pp. 927-939; Comprehensive Organic Transformations. A guide to functional group preparations, VCH Publishers 1989, 1st Ed., pp. 353-363 and J. Org. Chem. Nol. 36 (20), 3044-3045, 1971), triflate and the like, to give a compound of formula VI
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein, Xi, X2, X3, X4> Ri and L are defined as above.
Step B: Reacting the compound of formula VI wherein L is a leaving group such as p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen, triflate and the like and wherein Xi, X2, X3, X4 and Ri are defined as above with a compound of formula V wherein Yi, Ar, Y2, Z and R2 are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen, to give a compound of formula I wherein X-i, X2, X3, X , Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, R and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen.
General procedure (C) Step A: Reacting an compound of formula VII
Figure imgf000037_0002
wherein X2, X4 and Ri are defined as above, with an acetylene derivative of X or X3 , wherein Xi and X3 are as defined above, under appropriate coupling conditions as
Pd2(dba)3 Pd(P(t-Bu)3)2/Cul/iPr2ΝH/THF, to give a compound of formula IV, wherein Xi, X2, X3, X and Ri are defined as above, and Step B: Reacting a compound of formula IV as described under procedure A step C, to obtain a compound of formula I, wherein Xi, X2, Xs, X , Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen.
General procedure (D)
Step A: By chemical or enzymatic saponification of a compound of formula I wherein Xi, X2, X3, X4, Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2 are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen, to give a compound of formula I wherein Xi, X2, X3, X4, Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, RT and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is hydrogen.
General procedure (E)
Step A: Reacting a compound of formula VIII
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein X2, X4 and R are defined as above, with a compound of formula V, wherein Yi, Ar, Y2, Z and R2 are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen, under Mitsunobu conditions, using a reagent such as triphenylphosphine/diethylazodicarboxylate and the like, to obtain a compound of formula IX
Figure imgf000038_0002
wherein X2, X4, Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen.
Step B: Reacting a compound of formula IX, wherein X2, X4, γ1 ( Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen, with an acetylene derivative of Xi or X3 , wherein X and X3 are as defined above, under appropriate coupling conditions as Pd2(dba)3/Pd(P(t-Bu)3)2/Cul/iPr2NH/THF, to give a compound of formula I, wherein Xi, X2, X3, X4, Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen.
Step C: Reacting a compound of formula IX, wherein X2, X^ Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen, with protected acetylene under appropriate coupling conditions as Pd2(dba)3/Pd(P(t-Bu)3)2/Cul/iPr2NH/THF, to give a compound of formula I, wherein X2, X4, Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen and Xi and X3 are hydrogen.
Step D: Reacting a compound of formula I, wherein X2, X , Y , Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen and Xi and X3 are hydrogen, with an halogen derivative of Xi or X3 , wherein Xi and X3 are as defined above, under appropriate coupling conditions as Pd2(dba)3/Pd(P(t-Bu)3)2/Cul/iPr2NHTHF, to give a compound of formula I, wherein Xi, X2, X3, X , Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen.
General procedure (F).
Step A: Converting the -OH functionality in the compound of formula VIII, wherein X2, X4 and Ri are defined as above, to an appropriate leaving group (L) such as p-toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen (for example by methods according to: Houben-Weyl, Methoden der organischen Chemie, Alkohole III, 6/1 b, Thieme-Verlag 1984, 4th Ed., pp. 927-939; Comprehensive Organic Transformations. A guide to functional group preparations, VCH Publishers 1989, 1s1 Ed., pp. 353-363 and J. Org. Chem. Nol. 36 (20), 3044-3045, 1971), triflate and the like, to give a compound of formula X:
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein X2, X4 and R are defined as above.
Step B: Reacting the compound of formula X wherein L is a leaving group such as p- toluenesulfonate, methanesulfonate, halogen, triflate and the like and wherein X2, X4 and Ri are defined as above with a compound of formula V wherein Yi, Ar, Y2, Z and R2 are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen, to give a compound of formula IX, wherein X2, X4, Yi, Y2, Ar, Z, Ri and R2are defined as above, except that R2 is not hydrogen.
Example 1
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxyjacetic acid
Figure imgf000040_0001
General procedure (A)
Step A: A solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (7.60 g, 34 mmol) in benzene (30 mL) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (60 % suspension in oil; 1.40 g, 35 mmol) in benzene (30 mL) under stirring at ambient temperature. After 30 min, a solution of 4,4'-(phenyl- ethinyl)benzophenone (6.50 g, 17.0 mmol; prepared as described in Izv. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Ser.Chim. 1996, 670) in a mixture of benzene and N,N-dimethylformamide (1 :1, 60 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 20 h, quenched with 5% aqueous hydrochloric acid (50 mL) and washed with water (20 mL). The combined organic solutions were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuoto give ethyl 3,3-bis[4-(phenyl- ethinyl)phenyl]acrylate. Yield: 7.50 g (97 %). M.p. 116-118 °C.
RF (SiO2, benzene) 0.40. 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.51-7.59 (m, 6 H); 7.49 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 7.35 (m, 6 H); 7.27 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 7.20 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 6.40 (s, 1 H); 4.07 (q, J=7.2, 2 H); 1.14 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H). For C33H24O2: Calculated: C, 87.58%; H, 5.35%; Found: C, 87.09%; H, 5.39%.
Step B: In atmosphere of nitrogen, diisobutylaluminium hydride (16% solution in tetrahydrofuran; 20 mL, 18.0 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of the above ester (3.0 g, 6.6 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (30 mL) at -10 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred for 48 h at ambient temperature. The mixture was quenched with methanol (10 mL), water (30 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (10 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous potassium carbonate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was submitted to column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloro- form) yielding 3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allyl alcohol as white solid beside of unreacted starting ester (1.2 g).
Yield: 1.50 g (92% calculated on converted starting compound). M.p. 104-104.5 °C. RF (SiO2, chloroform) 0.30. H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.50-7.58 (m, 6 H); 7.46 (dt, 2 H); 7.34 (m, 6 H); 7.23 (dt, 2 H); 7.15 (dt, 2 H); 6.28 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H); 4.23 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H); 1.60 (s, 1 H).
General procedure (B)
Step A: Triphenylphosphine (2.62 g, 10.0 mmol) and subsequently tetrabromomethane (3.32 g, 10.0 mmol) were added to a cooled solution of the above allyl alcohol (3.2 g, 7.80 mmol) in dry methylene chloride (60 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2 h at ambient temperature, washed with water (15 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and filtered through a short path of silica gel (Fluka 60) yielding 3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allyl bromide. Crude yield: 3.70 g (100 %). RF (SiO2, benzene) 0.70.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.18-7.64 (m, 18 H); 6.38 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 4.05 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H). Step B: In atmosphere of nitrogen, N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.70 g, 5.30 mmol) and subsequently a solution of ethyl (4-mercapto-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (1.00 g, 4.40 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (1 mL) were added dropwise to a solution of the above bromide (1.90 g, 4.00 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred overnight, filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacυo. The residue was submitted to column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, benzene) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]- allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate. Yield: 0.55 g (28 %). M.p. — (oil). RF (SiO2, benzene) 0.40. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.30-7.60 (m, 14 H); 7.13 (m, 4 H); 6.89 (m, 2 H); 6.57 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 6.18 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.61 (s, 2 H); 4.24 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.53 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.22 (s, 3 H); 1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H). General procedure (D) Step A: The above ester (0.55 g, 0.890 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (50 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). 20% aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (1 mL, 5 mmol) was added and the mixture was left to stand for 48 h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo, the resi- „. due was dissolved in water (10 mL) and the product was precipitated by addition of hydrochloric acid. The solid mass was filtered with suction, washed with water (5 mL) and dried yielding the title compound as amorphous solid. Yield: 0.45 g (82 %). RF (SiO2, chloroform/ethanol 10:1) 0.35. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.30-7.60 (m, 14 H); 7.13 (m, 4 H); 6.91 (d, 2 H); 6.58 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H);6.18 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.67 (s, 2 H); 3.52 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.21 (s, 3 H).
A mixture of the title acid (0.45 g, 0.730 mmol) and (L)-lysine (0.11 g, 0.730 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (35 mL), the solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was triturated with ether yielding L-lysinate of the title compound as dihydrate. Yield: 0.50 g (90 %). M.p. 163-179°C. For oHaoOsS, C6H14N2O2, 2 H2O: Calculated: C, 71.48%; H, 6.26%; N, 3.62%; S, 4.15%; Found: C, 71.00%; H, 6.54%; N, 3.59%; S, 4.28%.
Example 2
4-[3,3-Bis[4-(phenylethynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-bromophenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000043_0001
4.4'-dithiobisf(2-bromophenoxy)acetic acid diethyl esterl: Chlorosulfonic acid (168 g, 1.44 mol) was cooled to -5°C and ethyl (2-bromo- phenoxy)acetate (93.0 g, 0.36 mol; prepared as described in J. Org. Chem. 1962, 27, 3010) was added dropwise under stirring at a such rate that the temperature of the reaction mixture did not exceed 0 °C (about 20 min). The mixture was left to warm up to ambient temperature (1 h) and then poured on crushed ice (1 kg). The product was extracted with dichloro- methane (3 x 250 mL); the combined organic solutions were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding crude ethyl (2-bromo-4-chlorosulfonyl- phenoxy)acetate, which was used in the next step without purification. Yield: 40.0 g (31 %).
A solution of the above ester (40.0 g, 0.112 mol) in acetic acid (80 mL) was added dropwise to a stirred mixture of red phosphorus (10.0 g, 0.322 mol), iodine (1.38 g, 55.0 mmol) and acetic acid (80 mL) at 80 °C. The reaction mixture was then refluxed for 3 h, water (20 mL) was added and the whole mixture was refluxed for further 2 h. After cooling, red phosphorus was filtered off and washed with acetic acid (2 x 20 mL). The filtrate was diluted with water (600 mL) and the product was isolated by extraction with chloroform (3 x 300 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried with anhydrous sodium sulphate and evaporated in vacuo yielding 4,4'-dithiobis[(2-bromophenoxy)acetic acid]. Yield: 23.0 g (78 %). M.p. 146-150 °C. A mixture of the above acid (23.0 g, 87.0 mmol), sulfuric acid (25.0 g, 261 mmol) and ethanol (250 mL) was refluxed for 12 h, ethanol was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved in ether (200 mL). The solution was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and 5 % aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (2 x 50 mL) and subsequently was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The organic solution was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform) yielding 4,4'-dithiobis[(2-bromophenoxy)acetic acid diethyl ester]. Yield: 19.0 g (75 %).
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.69 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.35 (dd, J=2.4 and 8.8 Hz, 2 H); 6.69 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H); 4.67 (s, 4 H); 4.26 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 4 H); 1.29 (t, J=7.2, 6 H).
General procedure (B)
Step B: The above diester (2.32 g, 4.00 mmol) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylacetamide (20 mL), sodium borohydride (0.30 g, 7.90 mmol) was added portionwise at 5°C and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. A solution of 3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allyl bromide (1.80 g, 3.80 mmol; prepared as described in example 1) in 2-butanone (30 mL) and potassium carbonate (1.40 g, 10.0 mmol) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred overnight at ambient temperature and then refluxed for 7 h. Water (200 mL) and benzene (150 mL) were added; the organic layer was dried with anhydrous potassium carbonate, filtered and evapo- rated in vacuo..The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, benzene) giving ethyl 4-[3,3-bis[4-(phenylethinyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2- bromophenoxy]acetate. Yield: 1.45 g (56 %). RF (SiO2, benzene) 0.40. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.48-7.59 (m, 6 H); 7.43 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.30- 7.39 (m, 7 H); 7.18 (dd, J=2.2 and 8.5 Hz, 1 H); 7.12 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 6.94 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 6.66 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.16 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.68 (s, 2 H); 4.25 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.52 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D) Step A: The above ester (1.45 g, 2.10 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (30 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (30 mL); 20 % Solution of sodium hydroxide (2 mL, 10.0 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was left to stand for 48 h. The solvents were evaporated in vacuo, the residue was dissolved in water (50 mL) and acidified with hydrochloric acid. The product was extracted with chloroform (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layer was dried with anhydrous potassium carbonate, filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform) yielding the title compound. Yield: 0.87 g (62 %).
RF (SiO2, chloroform/ethanol 10:1): 0.55.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.48-7.59 (m, 6 H); 7.43 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.39- 7.30 (m, 7 H); 7.19 (dd, J=2.2 and 8.5 Hz, 1 H); 7.13 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 6.95 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 6.67 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.15 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.71 (s, 2 H); 3.53 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H).
A mixture of the title acid (0.87 g, 1.33 mmol) and (L)-lysine (0.194 g, 1.33 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (35 mL), the solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue was triturated with ether (2 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title compound as trihydrate. Yield: 0.85 g (80 %). M.p. 164-169 °C.
Figure imgf000045_0001
Calculated: C, 63.15%; H, 5.53%; Br, 9.34%; N, 3.27%; S, 3.75%;
Found: C, 62.79%; H, 5.06%; Br, 9.99%; N, 4.07%; S, 3.51 %.
Example 3 [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[(thiofen-2-yl)ethylnyI]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000045_0002
A small part of a solution of vinyl bromide (9.0 g, 84 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (70 mL) was added to magnesium turnings (2.0 g, 82 mmol) and the reaction was initiated with some drops of 1 ,2-dibromoethane. The rest of the solution of vinyl bromide was added drop- wise maintaining the reacting mixture warm and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. A solution of 4,4'-diiodobenzophenone (17.0 g, 39 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (100 mL) was added dropwise under reflux and when the addition was complete, the reaction mixture was stirred for next 30 min. The mixture was cooled, diluted with benzene (100 mL) and then a saturated solution of ammonium chloride (15 mL) was added dropwise. After 30 min, the organic phase was separated, dried (K2CO3) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in benzene and filtered through a column with SiO2 (200 g) yielding 14.4 g (79 %) of 3,3-bis(4- 5 iodophenyl) allylalcohol. M.p. 83-85 °C (light petroleum). RF (SiO2, CHCI3) 0.31. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3): 7.65 (m, 4 H); 6.92 (m, 4 H); 6.22 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.18 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 2 H); 1.61 (s, 1 H).
10 General procedure (F) Step A: A solution of trimethylsilyl bromide (5.2 g, 34 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of the above alcohol (14.4 g, 31 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) at 0 °C under stirring. The reaction mixture was left to stand overnight, then was washed 15 with 5% solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (200 mL), dried (MgSO ) and evaporated in vacuo yielding 15.9 g (97 %) of 3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)allylbromide. M.p. 105-109 °C (light petroleum). RF (SiO2, benzene) 0.72. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3): 7.76 (m, 2 H); 7.62 (m, 2 H); 6.93 (m, 4 H); 6.32 (t, 20. J=8.6 Hz, 1 H); 3.98 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H).
Step B: A solution of ethyl (2-methyl-4-mercaptophenoxy)acetate (3.4 g, 15.0 mmol) in 2- butanone (25 ml) was added to a mixture of the above bromide (7.2 g, 14.0 mmol) and po-
25 tassium carbonate (2.5 g, 18.0 mmol) in 2-butanone (25 ml). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 10 h, filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, 170 g, benzene) yielding 9.0 g (98 %) of ethyl 4-(3,3-bis(4- iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl)-2-methylphenoxyacetate. RF (SiO2, benzene) 0.45.
30 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.59 (m, 4 H); 7.09 (m, 2 H); 6.85 (m, 2 H); 6.59 (m, 2 H); 6.11 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.62 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2H); 3.44 (d, J=8.0 Hz); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 1.27 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H). General procedure (E)
Step B: A 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (4.70 mL, 4.7 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)pailadium (412 mg, 0.357 mmol) were added to a de- gassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (1010 mg, 1.51 mmol), 2-(trimethylsilylethynyl)thiophene (850 mg, 4.71 mmol; prepared as described in J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 6909) and ethanol (0.275 mL, 4.71 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was heated to 60 °C for 4.5 h and subsequently cooled down. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane (75 mL) and washed with water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 15:1 + 0.1 % of triethylamine) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[(thiofen-2-yl)ethylnyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetate as an yellow oil. Yield: 260 mg (27 %). M.p. — °C (oil).
RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 90:10) 0.15.
1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.45 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.40 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.29 (m, 4 H); 7.12 (m, 4 H); 7.01 (m, 2 H); 6.90 (dm, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 6.56 (dm, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 6.18 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.62 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.51 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.22 (s, 3 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D) In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (28 mg, 0.667 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (328 mg, 0.520 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 60 min under cooling. Saturated solution of ammonium chloride (10 mL) was added, the mixture was acidified by a few drops of 1 M hydrochloric acid and the resulting mixture was extracted with ether (3 x 20 mL). The organic solution was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloro- form/methanol 95:5) yielding the title acid. Yield: 222 mg (71 %). M.p. — (oil). RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol 85:15) 0.20. 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.44 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.37 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.29-7.24 (m, 4 H); 7.11 (m, 4 H); 7.02-6.97 (m, 2 H); 6.91 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H); 6.56 (d, J=9.1 Hz, 1 H); 6.16 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1 H); 4.57 (s, 2 H); 3.49 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.17 (s, 3 H). A solution of L-lysine (34 mg, 0.233 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (145 mg, 0.241 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 40 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 159 mg (88 %).
M.p. 136 - 144 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.30-7.70 (m, ~ 8 H); 6.85-7.25 (m, 8 H); 6.65 (bd, 1 H); 6.23 (bd, 1 H); 4.25 (s, ~ 2 H); 3.45 (bd, 2 H); 3.24 (bs, 1 H); 2.70 (bm, ~ 2 H); 2.08 (s, 3 H); 1.80-1.15 (m, ~ 6 H).
Example 4
{4-[3,3-Bis-(4-thiophen-3-ylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid
Figure imgf000048_0001
General procedure (E) Step B: A 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (3.60 mL, 3.6 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (345 mg, 0.299 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (1 g, 1.49 mmol; prepared as described in example 3), 3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)thiophene (753 mg, 4.18 mmol; prepared as described in J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 6909) and ethanol (0.2 mL, 3.43 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (14 mL). The resulting mixture was heated in atmosphere of nitrogen at 60 °C for 4.5 h and 3-(trimethylsilylethynyl)thiophene (377 mg, 2.09 mmol), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (173 mg, 0.150 mmol), 1 M solution of tetrabutylam- monium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (1.80 mL, 1.8 mmol) and ethanol (0.1 mL, 1.71 mmol) were added again. The mixture was heated at 60 °C for 1.5 h and subsequently cooled down. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL) and washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 15:1) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4- [(thiofen-3-yl)ethylnyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as an yellow oil. Yield: 298 mg (32 %).
RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 90:10) 0.20. 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.47-6.88 (m, -17 H); 6.18 (t, 1 H); 4.62 (s, -2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.51 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.22 (s, 3 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (25 mg, 0.596 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (248 mg, 0.393 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 28 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred under cooling for 90 min. A diluted aqueous solution of tartaric acid (4 mL) was added, the mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with diethyl ether (2 x 100 mL). The combined ethereal layers were washed with water (30 mL) and brine (50 mL), dried with an- hydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform/methanol 98:2; 95:5) yielding the title acid. Yield: 130 mg (55 %).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 9:1 ) 0.20. 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, DMSO, δH): 7.91-6.66 (m, -17 H); 6.23 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.39 (s, 2 H); 3.47 (d, -2 H); 2.09 (s, 3 H).
A solution of L-lysine (28 mg, 0.192 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (121 mg, 0.201 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (2x15 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 147 mg (98 %). M.p. 150 - 157 °C (amorphous). H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.78-6.44 (m, -17 H); 6.09 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.06 (s, -2 H); 3.29 (d, -2 H (overlapped)); 2.98 (m, -1 H); 2.58-2.53 (m, 2 H): 1.92 (s, 3 H); .66-1.09 (m, -6 H).
Example 5 [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[(pyridine-2-yl)ethylnyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000050_0001
General procedure (E)
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (77 mg, 0.404 mmol), isobutylamine (0.90 mL, 9.06 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (115 mg, 0.010 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyI)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (646 mg, 0.963 mmol; prepared as described in example 3) and 2-ethynylpyridine (0.40 ml, 3.96 mmol) in dry ether (35 mL). 'ln atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient tem- perature for 2 h and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1 ) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3- bis[4-[(pyridine-2-yI)ethylnyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as an yellow oil. Yield: 366 mg (61 %). M.p. — (oil). RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1) 0.10.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 8.63 (m, 2 H); 7.69 (m, 2 H); 7.53 (m, 6 H); 7.24 (m, 2 H); 7.14 (m, 4 H); 6.90 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H); 6.57 (dm, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 6.20 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.63 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.50 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.22 (s, 3 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (30 mg, 0.715 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (346 mg, 0.557 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 60 min under cooling. The reaction mixture was concentrated to half volume, diluted with water (15 mL), neutralized with acetic acid (40 mg, 0.666 mmol) and extracted with ether (3 x 15 mL) and chloroform (3 x 10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloro- methane/methanol 96:4 - 92:8) yielding the title acid. Yield: 174 mg (53 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 90:10) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 8.63 (m, -2 H); 7.79-7.14 (m, -14 H); 6.76 (m, 3 H); 6.18 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 4.71 (bs, 2 H); 3.72 (m, 2 H); 2.27 (s, 3 H).
A solution of L-lysine (18.5 mg, 0.127 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (79 mg, 0.133 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Nield: 52 mg (53 %). M.p. 144 - 152 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 8.61 (bs, 2 H); 7.94-6.75 (m, -17 H); 6.14 (bt, 1 H); 4.24 (bs, 2 H); 3.62 (bm, -2 H); 3.13 (bm, -1 H); 2.67 (m, 2 H); 2.15 (bs, 3 H); 1.75-1.19 (m, 6 H).
Example 6 {4-[3,3-Bis-(4-pyridin-2-ylethynylphenyl)allyloxy]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid
Figure imgf000051_0001
Potassium carbonate (34.4 g, 0.250 mol) and solution of methyl bromoacetate (16.1 ml, 0.175 mol) in butanone (20 ml) were added to a solution of 4-hydroxy-3-methyl- acetophenone (25 g, 0.166 mol) in butanone (180 ml) and the mixture was refluxed for 1 h. After cooling to ambient temperature a white precipitated was filtered off and the filtrate evaporated in vacuo. The resulting solid was recrystallized by dissolving it in a mixture of hexanes/diethyl ether/ dichloromethane (120 : 120 : 50 ml) and concentrating in vacuo. (4- Acetyl-2-methyl-phenoxy)acetic acid methyl ester was filtered and washed with hexanes (50 mL).
Yield: 35.0 g (95 %). RF (SiO2, hexanes/ethyl acetate 1 :1 ) 0.75.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.80-7.76 (m, 2 H); 6.70 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.74 (s, 2 H); 3.82 (s, 3 H); 2.55 (s, 3 H); 2.33 (s, 3 H).
To a solution of the above ester (33.0 g, 0.148 mol) and p-toluenesulfonic acid monohydrate (0.281 g, 0.00148 mol) in dichloromethane (50 ml) a solution of 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid (53.1 g, 0.237 mol; 77 % in water) in dichloromethane was added (300 ml, dried over magnesium sulfate prior to addition). The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 20 h, a solution of sodium sulfite (1 M, 150 ml) was added and the two-phase mixture stirred for 20 min. Then a solution of sodium carbonate (2 M, 150 ml) was added and heterogeneous mixture was vigorously stirred for next 10 min. The organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (50 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with 10 % solution of sodium carbonate (2 x 200 ml) and brine (300 ml). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and its evaporation yielded (4-acetoxy-2-methyl-phenoxy)acetic acid methyl ester as yellowish solid. Yield: 32.9 g (93 %).
RF (SiO2, hexanes/ethyl acetate 1 :1 ) 0.80.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 6.90 (m, 2 H); 6.68 (d, J=8.6, 1 H); 4.64 (s, 2 H);
3.80 (s, 3 H); 2.28 (s, 6 H). A mixture of the above ester (32.9 g, 0.138 mol) and sodium methoxide (0.746 g,
0.0138 mol) in anhydrous methanol (250 ml) was stirred for 24 h. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and a solid residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (200 ml). The turbid mixture was filtered and the filtrate was washed with saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (2 x 150 ml) and brine (200 ml). The organic solution was dried over anhy- drous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was recrystallized from ethyl acetate/hexanes yielding (4-Hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid methyl ester as off-white crystals. Yield: 24.0 g (89 %).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 99:1 ) 0.30. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 6.66-6.58 (m, 3 H); 4.76 (s, 1 H); 4.59 (s, 2 H); 3.80 (s, 3 H); 2.25 (s, 3 H), 2.19 (s, 3 H).
A solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (17.0 g, 78 mmol) in benzene (30 mL) was added dropwise to the mixture of sodium hydride (60 % suspension in oil; 3.20 g, 80 mmol) in benzene (30 mL) under stirring at ambient temperature. After 30 min, a solution of 4,4'- diiodobenzophenone (17.0 g, 39 mmol) in a mixture of benzene and N,N-dimethylformamide (2:1 , 200 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred for 20 h, quenched with 5% aqueous hydrochloric acid (100 mL) and washed with water (100 mL). The combined organic solutions were dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuoXo give ethyl 3,3-bis[4-iodophenyl]acrylate. Yield: 17.40 g (88 %). M.p. 95-100 °C. RF (SiO2, benzene) 0.46. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.69 (q, 4 H); 6.97 (q, 4 H); 6.34 (s, 1 H); 4.07 (q, J=7.15, 2 H); 1.16 (t, J=7.15 Hz, 3 H).
In atmosphere of nitrogen, diisobutylaluminium hydride (16% solution in tetrahydrofuran (100 mL, 90 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of the above ester (16.4 g, 32 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150 mL) at -10 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 48 h at am- bient temperature and then quenched with water (100 mL) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (30 mL). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL), combined organic layers were dried with anhydrous potassium carbonate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was submitted to column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform). Fist fractions contained starting ester (3.2 g), next fractions afforded 3-bis(4-iodophenyl)prop-2-en-1-ol as white solid.
Yield: 10.4 g (86% calculated on converted starting compound).
M.p. 140 °C.
RF (SiO2, chloroform) 0.31.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.65 (q, 4 H); 6.92 (q, 4 H); 6.22 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H); 4.18 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H); 1.61 (s, 1 H). General procedure (E)
Step A: To a solution of 3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)prop-2-en-1-ol (3.8 g, 8.2 mmol) and ethyl (4- hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (1.8 g, 9.0 mmol) in benzene (150 ml) tri-n-butylphosphine (2.43 g, 12.0 mol) was added under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and diisopropylazodicarboxylate (3.08 g, 15.0 mmol) was carefully added. Stirring was continued at 0 °C for 2 h and then at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacυo and the residue was purified on column chromatography using the mixture of hex- anes/benzene 4.1 as eluent. This afforded 2.4 g (46 %) of (4-[3,3-bis-(4-iodophenyl)allyloxy]- 2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid methyl ester as an oil. RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 5:2) 0.65.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 6.93-7.80 (m, 8 H); 6.65 (m, 3 H); 6.33 (t, J=8 Hz, 1 H); 4.61 (s, 2 H); 4.49 (d, J= 8 Hz, 2 H); 3.81 (s, 3 H); 2.28 (s, 3 H).
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (70 mg, 0.50 mmol), isobutylamine (1.0 mL, 10 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (138 mg, 0.012 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of above methyl ester (672 mg, 1.0 mmol) and 2-ethynylpyridine (0.40 ml, 4.0 mmol) in dry ether (45 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 3 h in atmos- phere of argon and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1 -> ethyl acetate) yielding {4-[3,3-bis-(4-pyridin-2-ylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid methyl ester as an oil. Yield: 490 mg (79 %). RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1 ) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 8.63 (m, 2 H); 7.52-7.74 (m, 8 H); 7.24 (m, 6 H); 6.95 (m, 3 H); 6.38 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.59 (s, 2 H); 4.54 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 3.79 (s, 3 H); 2.26 (s, 3 H).
General procedure (D) In atmosphere of argon, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (42 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (460 mg, 0.739 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 10 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 90 min under cooling. The reaction mixture was neutralized with 10% solution of ammonium chloride and extracted with chloroform (3 x 25 mL). T e combined organic layers were washed with brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloro- form/methanol 9:1) yielding the title acid. Yield: 174 mg (78 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1 ) 0.15.
1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CD3COOD, δH): 8.60 (m, 2 H); 7.35 (m, 12 H); 7.27 (m, 2 H);
6.48-6.65 (m, 3 H); 6.43 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.45 (d, 2 H); 4.21 (s, 2 H); 2.11 (s, 3 H). A solution of L-lysine (72 mg, 0.493 mmol) in distilled water (1.0 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (300 mg, 0.493 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (20 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, filtered with charcoal and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 149 mg (40 %). M.p. 185-193 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 8.60 (m, 2 H); 7.79 (m, 2 H); 7.55-7.70 (m, 6 H); 7.41 (m, 2 H); 7.30 (m, 4 H); 6.52-6.70 (m, 3 H); 6.43 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H); 4.45 (d, 2 H); 4.21 (s, 2 H); 3.45 (bm, -2 H); 2.11 (s, 3 H).
Example 7 {4-[3,3-Bis-(4-furan-2-ylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid
Figure imgf000055_0001
General procedure (E)
Step C: Ethynyltrimethylsilane (1.33 mL, 9.60 mmol) was added to a degassed solution of
{4-[3,3-bis-(4-iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid ethyl ester (2.20 g, 3.28 mmol; prepared as described in example 3), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium ( 14 mg, 0.099 mmol) and copper(l) iodide (44 mg, 0.231 mmol) in triethylamine (71 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred in atmosphere of nitrogen at 80 °C for 30 min and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with ether (100 mL), the obtained suspension was filtered off and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The obtained residue was puri- fied by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 20:1 ) yielding {4- [3,3-bis-(4-trimethylsilanylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid ethyl ester. Yield: 1.42 g (71 %). RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 20:1 ) 0.25. 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.41-6.54 (m, -11 H); 6.14 (t, 1 H); 4.60 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, ~3 H); 0.25 (m, -18 H).
The above ester (1.11 g, 1.82 mmol) was dissolved in absolute methanol (42 mL) and dry dichloromethane (42 mL), the resulting solution was degassed and cooled with ice- water. In atmosphere of nitrogen, anhydrous potassium carbonate (43 mg, 0.311 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred for 19 h under cooling. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (200 mL) and with brine (250 mL) and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (100 mL), the combined organic lay- ers were washed with water (3 x 150 mL), brine (150 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium '.. sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 20:1) yielding {4-[3,3-bis-(4- ethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid methyl ester as an yellow oil. Yield: 595 mg (72 %). RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 9:1) 0.20. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.44-6.53 ( , -11 H); 6.16 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.64 (s, 2 H); 3.77 (s, 3 H); 3.47 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 3.11 (s, 1 H); 3.09 (s, 1 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H).
Step D: Copper(l) iodide (7 mg, 36 mmol) and dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (II) (7 mg, 10 mmol) and were added to a degassed mixture of (4-[3,3-bis-(4- ethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid methyl ester (340 mg, 0.7512 mmol), 2-bromofurane (232 mg, 1.58 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (10 mg, 38.1 mmol) in triethylamine (4 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was heated at 80 °C for 2 h and subsequently cooled down. The solution was diluted with dichloromethane (35 mL), filtered, washed with water (2 x 15 mL) and brine (15 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 9:1 ) yielding methyl {4-[3,3-bis-(4-furan-2-ylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid as an oil.
Yield: 360 mg (82 %). RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 9:1 ) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.42 (m , 6 H); 712 (m, 4 H); 6.87 (m, 2 H); 6.68 (m, 2 H); 6.53 (m, 1 H); 6.44 (m, 2 H) 6.19 (t, 1 H); 4.64 (s, 2 H); 3.76 (s, 3 H); 3.49 (d, 2 H); 2.21 (s, 3 H).
General procedure (D) In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (43 mg, 0.847 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (330 mg, 0.564 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/methanol mixture (1 :1 ; 15 mL) and the result- ing solution was stirred for 90 min under cooling. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (15 mL), neutralized with 10% solution of tartaric acid (0.049 mL, 0.857 mmol) and extracted with chloroform (3 x 20 mL). The mixture was washed with water (10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure crude title acid. Yield: 295 mg (92 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol 9:1) 0.20.
A solution of L-lysine (69 mg, 0.473 mmol) in distilled water (1.0 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (290 mg, 0.473 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (25 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 30 min, filtered (with active charcoal Norite) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 30 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid.
Yield: 126 mg (37 %).
M.p. 145-155 °C (amorphous). 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CD3COOD, δH): 7.42-7.53 (m, 6 H); 7.11-7.19 (m, 4 H);
6.87 (m, 2 H); 6.70 (m, 3 H); 6.48 (m, 2 H); 6.25 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.75 (s, 2 H); 4.07 (bs, 1
H); 3.50 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 3.09 (bs, 2 H); 2.13 (s, 3 H). Example 8
(4-{3,3-Bis-[4-(1 -methyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylethynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid
Figure imgf000058_0001
General procedure (E)
Step B: 1 -Methyl-2-trimethylsilanylethynyl-1 H-pyrrole (0.63 g, 3.55 mmol; prepared as described in Synthesis, 1996, 589) was added to a degassed solution of {4-[3,3-bis-(4- iodophenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid ethyl ester (1.00 g, 1.49 mmol; prepared as described in example 3) in anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). Anhydrous ethanol (0.21 mL, 0.35 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium fluoride (1 M solution in THF, 3.6 mL, 3.60 mmol) was added, the solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 15 min and then tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0.35 g, 0.30 mmol) was added and the reaction mix- ture was stirred at 50 ° C for 4 h. Next portion of 1 -methyl-2-trimethylsilanylethynyl-1 H-pyrrole (0.32 g, 1.80 mmol) was added and dark brown mixture was stirred at 50 °C for additional 3 h. The resulting dark brown solution was diluted with dichloromethane (100 mL), organic phase was washed with water (3 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 25 mL), dried over magnesium sulphate and evaporated in vacυo. The residue was purified using column chromatography on silica gel (Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 95:5) yielding (4-{3,3-bis-[4-(1 -methyl-1 H-pyrrol-2- ylethynyl)-phenyl]allylsulfanyl}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid ethyl ester. Yield: 0.27 g (29 %).
RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol 95:5) 0.40. 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.42 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 7.36 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H); 712-7.10 (m, 4 H); 6.88 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 6.70-6.68 (m, 2 H); 6.58-6.47 (m, 3 H); 6.16 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 6,14-6,11 (m, 2 H); 4.61 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.76 (s, 3 H); 3.72 (s, 3 H); 3.51 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.21 (s, 3 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.1 Hz, 3 H). General procedure (D)
Step A: A solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (36 mg, 0.85 mmol) in water (1.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above ethyl ester in ethanol (1.5 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (3 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. Resulting solution was diluted with water (10 mL), acidified with 2 M hydrochloric acid to pH -2 and extracted with di- ethyl ether. Organic extracts were washed with water (3 x 15 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried over magnesium sulphate and evaporated to dryness. A residuum was purified by column chromatography on silica gel (Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) giving the title acid.
Yield: 140 mg (59 %).
RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol 90:10) 0.25.
1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3+50 μL CD3COOD, δH): 7.40 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 7.33 (d,
J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.12-7.08 (m, 4 H); 6.87 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 6.68-6.65 (m, 2 H); 6.54-6.52 (m, 1 H); 6.48-6.43 (m, 2 H); 6.14 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.11-6.07 (m, 2 H); 4.65 (s, 2 H); 3.73 (s, 3 H); 3.70 (s, 3 H); 3.4+ (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.18 (s, 3 H).
A solution of L-lysinate (30 mg, 0.2 mmol) in water (0.7 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (120 mg, 0.2 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred at ambient temperature for 1.5 h. The solvents were evaporated to dryness, the residue was evaporated twice with anhydrous ethanol (20 mL) and the obtained solid was triturated with anhydrous diethyl ether (3 x 25 mL). This afforded L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 130 mg (88 %). M.p.: 146-148 °C. 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.47 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 7.41 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H); 7.11 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H); 7.04-7.02 (m, 2 H); 6.91-6.88 (m, 4 H); 6.62 ( d, J=8.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.44- 6.41 (m, 2 H); 6.20 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.05-6.02 (m, 2 H); 4.21 (s, 2 H); 3.69 (s, 3 H); 3.66 (s, 3 H); 3.45 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2 H); 3.12 (m, - 1 H); 2.71-2.63 (m, - 2 H); 2.06 (s, 3 H); 1.66-1.21 (m, - 6 H).
Example 9
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propyn-1-yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000060_0001
Paraformaldehyde (122 mg, 4.06 mmol), copper(l) iodide (74 mg, 0.389 mmol) and morpholine (0.35 mL, 4.01 mmol) were added to a solution of 3,3-bis(4-ethylnylphenyl)allyl alcohol (478 mg, 1.85 mmol; prepared as described in example 10) in dioxane (20 mL). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 160 min, cooled down and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 98.5:1.5) yielding 3,3-bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propyn-1- yl]phenyl]allyl alcohol as an oil. Yield: 696 mg (82 %). M.p. - (oil).
RF (SiO2, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 95:5) 0.40.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.45 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.35 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.16 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.10 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 6.26 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H); 4.22 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 2 H); 3.77 (m, 8 H); 3.53 (s, 2 H); 3.51 (s, 2 H); 2.65 (m, 8 H).
General procedure (B)
Step A and B: An excess of a solution of hydrogen chloride in dry ether was added dropwise to a solution of the above allyl alcohol (406 mg, 0.889 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The formed heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 10 min and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. Thionyl chloride (10 mL) was added to the residue; the formed solution was stirred for 90 min and evaporated in vacuo. Dry toluene (15 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was evaporated again. In atmosphere of nitrogen, the residue was dissolved in dry N,N- dimethylformamide (10 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.55 mL, 8.90 mmol) and sub- sequently a solution of ethyl (4-mercapto-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (339 mg, 1.50 mmol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight and subsequently poured into water (75 mL). The heterogeneous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL); the organic layers were collected and washed with brine (3 x 20 mL), water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacυo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 99:1) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propyn-1 -yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetate as an oil. Yield: 464 mg (79 %). M.p. - (oil).
RF (SiO2, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 95:5) 0.45. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.37 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 7.31 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.08 (m, 4 H); 6.84 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 6.56 (d, J=9.2 Hz, 1 H); 6.14 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H); 4.61 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.79 (m, 8 H); 3.50 (m, 6 H); 2.65 (m, 8 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (45 mg, 1.07 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (450 mg, 0.667 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h under cooling. The reaction solution was diluted with water (20 mL) and the whole mixture was washed with toluene (4 x 10 mL). The organic layers were discarded and the aqueous layer was neutralized by addition of a solution of glacial acetic acid (64 mg, 1.07 mmol) in water (3 mL). Solid sodium chloride was added to the turbid solution and the mixture ,was extracted with ether (4 x 20 mL). The combined organic solution were washed with brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding the title acid as an oil. Yield: 294 mg (68 %). M.p. - (oil).
RF (SiO2, chloroform/methanol 85:15) 0.10.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 11.10 and 10.55 (bs, 1 H); 7.35-6.95 (m, -8 H); 6.73 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 6.54 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.17 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.58 (s, 2 H); 3.80 (bs, 8 H); 3.61 (s, 2 H); 3.55 (s, 2 H); 3.44 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H); 2.82 (bs, -4 H); 2.73 (bs, -4 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H).
A solution of L-lysine (57 mg, 0.390 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (261 mg, 0.410 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (2 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 271 mg (84 %). M.p. 122 - 139 °C (amorphous). 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 8.07 (bs, -2 H); 7.43-6.83 (m, 10 H); 6.61 (bd, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.18 (bt, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.26 (bs, 2 H); 3.59-3.42 (m, 14 H); 3.23 (bs, -1 H); 2.70 (bs, -2 H); -2.50 (bs, -8 H); 2.06 (s, 3 H); 1.69-1.30 (m, ~6 H).
Example 10
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyn-1-yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000062_0001
Ethynyltrimethylsilane (1.95 mL, 14.1 mmol) was added to a degassed solution of 3,3-di(4-iodophenyl)allyl alcohol (2.50 g, 5.41 mmol; prepared as described in example 3), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (188 mg, 0.163 mmol) and copper(l) iodide (72 mg, 0.378 mmol) in triethylamine (40 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred for 90 min and subsequently diluted with ether (40 mL). The obtained suspension was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ether (100 mL) and the formed solution was washed with 1 M hydrochloric acid (3 x 20 mL), water (20 mL), 10 % aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in absolute methanol (70 mL), the resulting turbid solution was degassed and cooled with ice-water. In atmosphere of nitrogen, anhy- drous potassium carbonate (1.55 g, 11.2 mmol) was added and the resulting suspension was stirred for 2 h under cooling. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (100 mL) and the solution was washed with water (3 x 20 mL) and brine (20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The obtained residue was puri- tied by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1) yielding 3,3- bis(4-ethylnylphenyl)allyl alcohol as a solidifying oil. Yield: 1.02 g (73 %). M.p. 94 - 97 °C (cyclohexane). RF (SiO2, dichloromethane) 0.25.
1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.50 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.41 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.18 (dm, J=8.7 Hz, 2 H); 7.12 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 6.27 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.21 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 2 H); 3.12 (8, 1 H); 3.10 (s, 1 H). Paraformaldehyde (79 mg, 2.63 mmol), copper(l) iodide (49 mg, 0.257 mmol) and
40 % aqueous solution of dimethylamine (0.48 mL, 3.79 mmol) were added to a solution of the above allyl alcohol (298 mg, 1.15 mmol) in dioxane (13 mL). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 1 h, cooled down and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform saturated with ammonia methanol 97:3) yielding 3,3-bis[4-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyn-1 -yl]phenyl]allyl alcohol as an oil. Yield: 307 mg (71 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 95:5) 0.30. 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.43 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.34 (dm, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H); 7.17 (dm, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H); 7.09 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 6.25 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.22 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H); 3.47 (s, 2 H); 3.45 (s, 2 H); 2.37 (s, 6 H); 2.35 (s, 6 H).
General procedure (B)
Step A and B: An excess of a solution of hydrogen chloride in dry ether was added dropwise to a solution of the above allyl alcohol (307 mg, 0.824 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The formed heterogeneous mixture was stirred for 10 min and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. Thionyl chloride (10 mL) was added to the residue; the formed solution was stirred for 60 min and evaporated in vacuo. Dry toluene (15 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was evaporated again. In atmosphere of nitrogen, the residue was dissolved in dry N,N- dimethylformamide (10 mL) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.40 mL, 8.03 mmol) and subsequently a solution of ethyl (4-mercapto-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (308 mg, 1.36 mmol) in dry N,N-dimethylformamide (2 mL) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred overnight and subsequently poured into water (75 mL). The heterogeneous mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL); the organic layers were collected and washed with brine (3 x 20 mL), water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 99:1) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyn-1 -yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetate. Yield: 304 mg (63 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 95:5) 0.45.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.37 (dm, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 7.32 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.09 (m, 4 H); 6.83 (dm, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 6.55 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 6.13 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H); 4.61 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.48 (m, 6 H); 2.38 (s, 6 H); 2.35 (s, 6 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (12 mg,
0.286 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (109 mg, 0.188 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol (5:1 , 3 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 60 min under cooling, neutralized by addition of a solution of glacial acetic acid (17 mg, 0.283 mmol) in water (0.8 mL) and diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL). The mixture was washed with water (3 x 10 mL) and the collected aqueous phases were re-extracted with dichloromethane (10 L). The organic phases were combined, dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with acetonitrile (2 x 4 mL) yielding the title acid as a solid mass. Yield: 51 mg (49 %). M.p. 136 - 144 °C (amorphous).
RF (SiO2, chloroform saturated with ammonia/methanol 95:5) 0.05. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 9.49 (bs, -1 H); 7.32 (m, -4 H); 7.07 (m, 4 H); 6.71 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 6.59 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 6.15 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.55 (s, 2 H); 3.64 (s, 2 H); 3.52 (s, 2 H); 3.42 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.51 (s, 6 H); 2.41 (s, 6 H); 2.18 (s, 3 H).
Example 11
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yI)propynyl]phenyl]allyloxy]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000065_0001
General procedure (A)
Step C: In atmosphere of nitrogen, diisopropylazodicarboxylate (0.16 mL, 0.807 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of 3,3-bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allyl alcohol (290 mg, 0.635 mmol; prepared as described in example 9), triphenylphosphine (217 mg, 0.827 mmol) and methyl (4-hydroxy-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (137 mg, 0.698 mmol; prepared as described in example 6) in a mixture of anhydrous toluene and tetrahydrofuran (2:1 , 12 mL). The mixture was stirred for 20 min under cooling and subsequently overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction solution was concentrated to half volume in vacuo; toluene (20 mL) was added and the resulting solution was washed with 10 % aqueous sodium hydroxide (3 x 20 mL), water (20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol 98:2) yielding methyl [4-[3,3,-bis[4-[3-(morphoiine-4-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allyloxy]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate. Yield: 297 mg (74 %). M.p. — (oil). RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) 0.30. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.72-6.57 (m, -11 H), 6.32 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.58 (s, 2 H), 4.50 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.79 (s, -3 H), 3.78 (m, -8 H), 3.54 (s, 2 H), 3.51 (s, 2 H), 2.62 (m, -8 H), 2.25 (s, 3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (38 mg, 0.906 mmol) was added to a solution of the above methyl ester (191 mg, 0.301 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 , 7 mL). The resulting solution was stirred at 40 °C for 1 h and subsequently a solution of glacial acetic acid (51.5 μL, 0.901 mmol) in distilled water (4 L) was added and the mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and ether (30 mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ether (2 x 30 mL) and the combined ethereal layers were washed with water (2 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 20 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding the title acid as an oil. Yield: 171 mg (92 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 90:10) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.44-6.58 (m, -11 H), 6.33 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.54 (s, -2 H), 4.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, -2 H), 3.81 (m, -8 H), 3.63 (s, -2 H), 3.58 (s, -2 H), 2.76 (m, -8 H), 2.25 (s, -3 H).
A solution of L-lysine (37 mg, 0.253 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (164 mg, 0.264 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (3 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (2 x 15 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 147 mg (73 %). M.p. 136-145 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.51-6.58 (m, -11 H); 6.36 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H); 4.44 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H); 4.21 (s, 2 H); 3.59 (m, -8 H); 3.52 (s, -2 H); 3.50 (s, -2 H); 3.18 (m, 1 H); 2.71 (m, -2 H); -2.50 (m, -8 H), 2.09 (s, 3 H), 1.70-1.27 (m, 6 H).
Example 12
[4-(3,3-Bis-{4-[3-(4-acetyl-piperazin-1-yl)-prop-1-ynyl]-phenyl}allylsulfanyl)-2-methyl- phenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000066_0001
A mixture of 1-piperazin-1-yl-ethanone (15.2 g, 0.119 mol; prepared as described in
US 2973362), 3-bromopropyne (17 g, 0.143 mol) and potassium carbonate anhydrous (21.5 g, 0.156 mol) in 2-butanone (150 mL) was refluxed for 6 h. A separated solid was filtered off, washed with 2-butanone (80 mL) and 2-butanone was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by vacuum distillation to yield 1 -(4-prop-2-ynylpiperazin-1 -yl)ethanone, b.p. 115 °C/7 Torr).
Yield: 12.2 g (62 %). M.p. 63-65 °C.
General procedure (E)
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (24 mg, 0.126 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (63 mg, 0.055 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)- allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (600 mg, 0.895 mmol; prepared as described in ex- ample 3), 1 -(4-prop-2-ynylpiperazin-1 -yl)ethanone (447 mg, 2.69 mmol) in the mixture of anhydrous triethylamine (25 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 5 h. The dark suspension was evaporated in vacuo, ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol 98:2, 95:5) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3-(4- acetylpiperazin-1-yl)prop-1-ynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as a brown oil. Yield: 386 mg (58 %). M.p. — °C (oil). RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.38-6.50 (m, -11 H); 6.14 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.62 (s, 2 H); 4.24 (q, -2 H); 3.71-3.46 (m, -8 H); 3.58 (s, -2 H); 3.55 (s, -2 H); 3.48 (d, -2 H); 2.62 (m, -8 H); 2.20 (s, -3 H); 2.10 (s, -3 H); 2.08 (s, -3 H); 1.27 (t, ~3 H).
General procedure (D) Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (32 mg, 0.763 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (378 mg, 0.506 mmol) in tetrahydro- furan/methanol/distilled water mixture (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 2 h under cooling. Glacial acetic acid (0.043 mL, 0.752 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for further 10 min. The reaction mixture was diluted chloroform (40 mL), washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo giving sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 188 mg (52 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 90:10) 0.15.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.74-6.47 (m, -11 H); 6.18 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 4.61 (s, 2 H); 3.68-3.50 (m, -8 H); 3.60 (s, -2 H); 3.55 (s, -2 H); 3.42 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H); 2.67 (m, -8 H); 2.17 (s, -3 H); 2.14 (s, -3 H); 2.11 (s, ~3 H).
A solution of L-lysine (37 mg, 0.253 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (188 mg, 0.262 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 2.5 h, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with ab- solute ethanol (3 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (2 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid.
Yield: 144 mg (64 %).
M.p. 105 - 115 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.41-6.63 (m, 11 H); 6.18 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H); 4.35 (s, 2 H); 3.58 (s, 2 H); 3.55 (s, 2 H); 3.50 (d, -2 H); 3.46 (m, 8 H); 3.12 (m, -1 H); 2.77
(m, -2 H); 2.50 (m, ~8 H); 2.07 (s, -3 H); 2.00 (s, -3 H); 1.98 (s, -3 H); 1.79-1.19 (m, -6 H).
Example 13
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-prop-1-ynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000068_0001
General procedure (E)
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (20 mg, 0.105 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (52 mg, 0.045 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)- allyIsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (500 mg, 0.746 mmol) and 1 -prop-2-ynyl-pyrrolidine (244 mg, 2.24 mmol; prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. 1991 , 34, 1073) in anhydrous triethylamine (20 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 3 h. The dark suspension was evaporated//! vacuo, ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol 98:2, 95:5) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-(3- pyrrolidin-1-yl-prop-1-ynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as a brown oil. Yield: 491 mg. M.p. — °C (oil).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.74-6.54 (m, -11 H); 6.13 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1 H); 4.62 (s, 2 H); 4.24 (q, -2 H); 3.71 (s, -2 H); 3.68 (s, -2 H); 3.48 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.79 (m, -8 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 1.88 (m, -8 H); 1.27 (t, -3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (48 mg, 1.14 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (487 mg, 0.770 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water mixture (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 90 min under cooling. Glacial acetic acid (0.066 mL, 1.15 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for further 10 min. The reaction mixture was diluted with chloroform (40 mL), washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo giving sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 184 mg (40 %). M.p. — (oil).
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.74-6.51 (m, -11 H); 6.18 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.53 (s, 2 H); 3.83 (s, 2 H); 3.70 (s, 2 H); 3.41 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 3.01 (m, -8 H); 2.18 (s, 3 H); 1.95 (m, -8 H).
A solution of L-lysine (40 mg, 0.274 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (174 mg, 0.288 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 1.5 h, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with ab- solute ethanol (3 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 109 mg (51 %). M.p. 134 - 150 °C (amorphous). 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.40-6.57 (m, -11 H); 6.17 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.22 (s, 2 H); 3.58 (s, -2 H); 3.61 (s, -2 H); 3.43 (d, J=7.7 Hz, -2 H); 3.13 (m, 1 H); 2.72 (m, 2 H); -2.50 (m, -8 H); 2.05 (s, 3 H); 1.71 (m, -8 H); 1.59-1.29 (m, -6 H).
Example 14 (4-{3,3-Bis-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-prop-1 -ynyl)phenyl]allyloxy}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid
General procedure (E)
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (26 mg, 0.14 mmol), and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (69 mg, 0.06 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of {4-[3,3-bis-(4-iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]- 2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid methyl ester (640 mg, 1.0 mmol), N-propargylpyrrolidine (382 mg, 3.5 mmol), and triethylamine (25 mL) in dry tetrahydrofuran (15 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 3 h in atmosphere of argon and subsequently evaporated/n vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (60 ml) the solution was washed with water (25 mL), brine (25 mL) dried (MgSO ) and evaporated. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60). Fractions eluted with dichloromethane and with a mixture of methanol/dichloromethane (1 :25) were discarded. The next fraction which were eluted with the mixture of methanol/chloroform saturated with NHs/dichloromethane (5:10:85) afforded (4-{3,3-bis-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-prop-1 -ynyl)phenyl]allyloxy}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid methyl ester as an oil. Yield: 530 mg (88 %).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 9:1 ) 0.30. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.11 -7.48 (m, 8 H); 6.55-6.67 (m, 3 H); 6.32 (t, J=6.7 Hz, 1 H); 4.58 (s, 2 H); 4.49 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 2 H); 3.79 (s, 3 H); 3.70 (m, 4 H); 2.79 (m, 8 H); 2.25 (s, 3 H); 1.88 (m, 8 H). General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of argon, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (52 mg, 1.24 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (530 mg, 0.827 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/distilled water (5:1 :1 ; 9 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 90 min under cooling. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (10 mL), neutralized with acetic acid and extracted with chloroform (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (10 mL), brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding the title acid. Yield: 460 mg (95 %).
1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, DMSO-d6 + CD3COOD, δH): 7.33-7.51 (m, -4 H); 7.13-7.19 (m, 4 H); 6.43-6.63 ( , 3 H); 6.35 (t, 1 H); 4.55 (s 2 H); 4.44 (d, 2 H); 4.26 (d, 4 H); 3.69 /(m, 8 H); 2.11 (s 3 H); 2.03 (m, 8 H). A solution of L-lysine (107 mg, 0.73 mmol) in distilled water (1.0 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (430 mg, 0.73 mmol) in the mixture of tetrahydrofuran (15 mL) and acetone (25 ml). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 30 mL) to give L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 380 mg (71 %). M.p. 155-165 °C.
1H NMR spectrum ((250 MHz, DMSO-d6 + CD3COOD, δH): 7.37-7.51 (m, 4 H); 7.15-7.20 (m, 4 H); 6.55-6.65 (m, 3 H); 6.36 (t, J=6.6 Hz, 1 H); 4.44 (s, 2 H); 4.43 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.90 s and 3.92 s, Σ 4 H; 3.39 (bt, 1 H); 2.94 (m, ~ 8 H); 2.75 (bt, 2 H); 2.10 (s, 3 H); 1.30-1.85 (m, - 12 H).
Example 15
[4-[3,3-Bis[5-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]- acetic acid
Figure imgf000072_0001
In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of triethyl phosphonoacetate (4.30 mL, 21.5 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL) was added dropwise to a suspension of sodium hydride (80%; 0.680 g, 22.7 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (30 mL). When the gas evolution deceased, the mixture was heated to reflux for 30 min. The formed solution was cooled down, a solution of di(5-bromothiophen-2-yl)methanone (3.03 g, 8.61 mmol; prepared as described in Recl.Trav.Chim.Pays-Bas 1949, 68, 29) in a mixture of anhydrous tetrahydrofuran and toluene (2:1 , 15 mL) was added and the resulting solution was refluxed for 2 h. The reaction mix- ture was cooled down, poured into diluted aqueous solution of tartaric acid (40 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 40 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 30 mL), 10 % aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate (30 mL), 10 % aqueous solution of sodium metabisulfite (2 x 30 mL) and brine (2 x 30 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by crystallization from ethanol yielding ethyl 3,3-di(5-bromothiophen-2- ., yl)acrylate as sandy crystals. Yield: 2.55 g (70 %). M.p. 69 - 70 °C (ethanol). RF (SiO2, hexane/toluene 3:1 ) 0.15. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.04 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.99 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1 H);
6.90 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.86 (d, J=4.0 Hz, 1 H); 6.23 (s, 1 H); 4.12 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 1.21 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
In atmosphere of nitrogen, cold solution of aluminum chloride (0.666 g, 4.99 mmol) in anhydrous ether (15 mL) was added dropwise to a cooled (-20 °C) solution of lithium aluminum hydride (0.569 g, 15.0 mmol) in dry ether (50 mL) maintaining the reaction temperature between -20 and -18 °C. The resulting suspension was allowed to warm up to -5 °C, stirred at temperature between -5 and 0 °C for 30 min and cooled to -19 °C again. Cooled solution of the above acrylate (2.11 g, 5.00 mmol) in anhydrous ether (15 mL) was added slowly to the reaction mixture maintaining the reaction temperature between -20 and -17 °C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 45 min bellow -17 °C and subsequently water (0.6 mL), 10 % aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide (0.6 mL) and again water (1.8 mL) were added. The resulting suspension was allowed to warm up to ambient temperature; the solid mass was filtered off and washed with ether. The combined filtrates were washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 50 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and subsequently evaporated in vacuo yielding crude 3,3-di(5-bromothiophen-2- yl)allyl alcohol as an slowly solidifying oil. Yield: 1.72 g (91 %). RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 2:1 ) 0.30.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.04 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.92 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.80 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.70 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.21 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 1 H); 4.28 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H).
General procedure (E) Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, cooled solution of tetrabromomethane (2.25 g, 6.78 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (2 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above allyl alcohol (1.72 g, 4.52 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.78 g, 6.79 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (50 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min under cooling and subsequently water (15 drops) was added. After 15 min, N,N-diisopropylethylamine (1.50 mL, 8.61 mmol) and subsequently a solution of ethyl (4-mercapto-2-methylphenoxy)acetate (2.05 g, 9.06 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (3 mL) were added and the resulting solution was stirred for 3.5 h at ambient temperature under nitrogen and for further 15 min on air. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL) and the solution was washed with water (2 x 25 mL) and brine (2 x 25 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 20:1 + 0.1 % of triethylamine) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-di(5-bromothiophen-2- yl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as a dark red oil. Yield: 1.64 mg (62 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 20:1 ) 0.10.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.15 (m, 2 H); 6.94 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.87 (d,
J=3.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.58 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H); 6.55 (d, J=3.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.44 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.10 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.63 (s, 2 H); 4.25 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.23 (s, 3 H); 1.29 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (22 mg, 0.116 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (67 mg, 0.058 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(5-bromothiophene-2- yl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (424 mg, 0.721 mmol) and N-propargylmorpholine (375 mg, 3.00 mmol) in anhydrous triethylamine (15 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 h and subsequently for 3 h at 65 °C. The dark suspension was evaporated in vacuo, dichloromethane (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was washed with water (2 x 10 mL), aqueous solution of sodium bisulphite (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol/triethylamine 97:3:0.1) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[5-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxyjacetate as a brown oil. Yield: 411 mg (84 %). M.p. — °C (oil). RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) 0.35. 1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.17 (m, 2 H); 7.07 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1 H); 6.99 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.64 (d, J=3.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.58 (bd, J=9.0 Hz, 1 H); 6.54 (d, J=3.6 Hz, 1 H); 6.19 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.63 (s, 2 H); 4.25 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.77 (m, -8 H); 3.54 (m, 6 H); 2.62 (m, -8 H); 2.23 (s, 3 H); .28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D) Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (38 mg, 0.906 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (411 mg, 0.607 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol (5:1 ; 6 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 45 min under cooling. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL), acetic acid (54 mg, 0.899 mmol) and solid sodium chloride were added and the solution was extracted with ether (5 x 15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 291 mg (74 %). M.p. — (oil).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 90:10) 0.20. H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.16 (m, -2 H); 6.98 (m, 2 H); 6.63 (m, 3 H); 6.24 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1 H); 4.62 (s, 2 H); 3.79 (m, -8 H); 3.56 (s, 2 H); 3.53 (s, 3 H); 3.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H); 2.82 (bs, -4 H); 2.67 (m, -4 H); 2.19 (s, 3 H).
A solution of L-lysine (50 mg, 0.342 mmol) in distilled water (0.8 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (235 mg, 0.362 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (8 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 60 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid.
Yield: 243 mg (84 %).
M.p. 113 - 128 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.31-7.07 (m, -4 H); 6.94-6.61 (m, 3 H); 6.28 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.25 (bs, 2 H); 3.59 (m, 14 H); 3.20 (bs, -1 H); 2.72 (bs, -2 H); 2.50 (m, -8
H); 2.09 (s, 3 H); 1.73-1.27 (m, -6 H).
Example 16
[4-[3,3-Bis[5-[3-(N-acetyl-N-methylamino)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000075_0001
General procedure (E)
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (27 mg, 0.142 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenyIphosphine)palladium (80 mg, 0.069 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(5-bromothiophene-2- yl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (512 mg, 0.870 mmol; prepared as described ex- ample 15) and N-methyl-N-propargylacetamide (338 mg, 3.04 mmol; prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. 1991 , 34, 1073) in anhydrous triethylamine (15 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 6 h. The dark suspension was evaporated in vacuo, dichloromethane (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol 97:3) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[5-[3-(N-acetyl-N-methylamino)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetate as a brown oil. Yield: 250 mg (44 %). M.p. — °C (oil).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (200 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.17-6.97 (m, -4 H); 6.66-6.51 (m, 3 H); 6.21 and 6.19 (t, 1 H); 4.63 (s, 2 H); 4.47 and 4.46 and 4.29 and 4.27 (s, 4 H); 4.25 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.54 (d, 2 H); 3.13 and 3.11 and 3.04 and 3.03 (s, 6 H); 2.23 (s, 3 H); 2.21 and 2.20 and 2.14 and 2.13 (s, 6 H); 1.28 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (18.9 mg, 0.450 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above , ester (188 mg, 0.290 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol (5:1 ; 6 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 45 min under cooling. Acetic acid (0.025 mL, 0.437 mmol) was added dropwise, the solution was stirred for 10 min and subsequently diluted with dichloromethane (50 mL). The mixture was washed with water (2 x 10 mL) and brine (2 x 10 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure title acid.
Yield: 150 mg (83 %). M.p. - (oil). RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 90:10) 0.15.
A solution of L-lysine (34 mg, 0.233 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (150 mg, 0,242 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 60 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 152 mg (82 %). M.p. 102 - 121 °C (amorphous). 1H NMR spectrum (250 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.28 and 7.25 (d, 1 H); 7.19 and 7.16 (d, 1 H); 7.07 (m, 2 H); 6.84 (m, 1 H); 6.71 (m, 1 H); 6.64 (bd, 1 H); 6.29 (bt, 1 H); 4.46 and 4.44 and 4.40 and 4.38 (s, 4 H); 4.25 (bs, 2 H); 3.55 (bd, 2 H); 3.17 (bs, 1 H); 3.05 and 3.03 and 2.88 and 2.86 (s, 6 H); 2.73 (bt, -2 H); 2.09 (s, 3 H); 2.09 and 2.07 and 2.03 and 2.02 (s, 6 H); 1.70-1.15 (m, -6 H).
Example 17
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3,3,3-trimethylpropynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000077_0001
General procedure (E) Step B: Copper(l) iodide (28 mg, 0.147 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (72 mg, 0.062 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4- iodophenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (700 mg, 1.04 mmol) and 3,3-dimethyl-1- butyne (1.4 mL, 11.5 mmol) in anhydrous triethylamine (25 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (15 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 0.5 h in atmosphere of nitrogen. The dark suspension was evaporated in vacuo, ethyl acetate (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 50 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 30:1) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3,3,3-trimethylpropynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as an yellow crystalline solid. Yield: 500 mg (83 %). RF (SiO2, hexane/ethyl acetate 9:1 ) 0.40.
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.33-6.54 (m, -11 H); 6.10 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.60 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.47 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 1.33 (s, -9 H); 1.30 (s, ~9 H); 1.27 (t, J=7.1 Hz, -3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (42 mg, 1.0 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (388 mg, 0.670 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 40 min under cooling. Acetic acid (0.058 mL, 1.01 mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for 10 min and subsequently diluted with chloroform (40 mL). The mixture was washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 310 mg (84 %). RF (SiO2, ethyl acetate/methanol 7:3) 0.30.
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.33-6.57 (m, -11 H); 6.10 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 4.65 (s, 2 H); 3.49 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 1.33 (s, 9 H); 1.29 (s, 9 H).
A solution of L-lysine (79 mg, 0.540 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (302 mg, 0.548 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred for 90 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (3 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 10 mL) yielding L- lysinate of the title acid.
Yield: 318 mg (83 %). M.p. 155 - 164 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.31-6.58 (m, -11 H); 6.13 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H);
4.22 (s, 2 H); -3.33 (d, -2 H (overlapped)); 3.11 (m, -1 H); 2.71 (m, 1.7 H); 2.05 (s, 3 H);
1.70-1.42 (m, 4 H); 1.28 (s, -9 H); 1.25 (s, -9 H).
Example 18 [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(imidazol-1 -yl)propynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000079_0001
General procedure (E)
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (22 mg, 0.116 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (65 mg, 0.056 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)allyl- sulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (624 mg, 0.931 mmol) and N-propargylimidazole (396 mg,
3.73 mmol; prepared as described in Tetrahedron 2001 , 57, 607) in dry tetrahydrofuran (7 mL) - dry triethylamine (14 mL) mixture. In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was heated at 65 °C for 6 h, cooled down and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by double flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloromethane/- methanol 95:5) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3-(imidazol-1 -yl)propynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2- methylphenoxy]acetate as an yellow oil.
Yield: 412 mg (71 %).
M.p. — °C (oil). RF (Si 2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5, double elution) 0.25.
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.66 (s, 1 H); 7.63 (s, 1 H); 7.36 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H);
7.32 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 7.08 (m, 8 H); 6.85 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 6.56 (bd, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.15
(t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.97 (s, 2 H); 4.94 (s, 2 H); 4.60 (s, 2 H); 4.22 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.45 (d,
J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.18 (s, 3 H); 1.24 (t, J=7.2 Hz, -3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (33 mg, 0.786 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (392 mg, 0.625 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/methanol (5:1 ; 6 mL) mixture and the resulting solution was stirred for 45 min under cooling. The reaction mixture was neutralized with acetic acid (0.045 mL, 0.787 mmol), stirred for 15 min and diluted with dichloromethane (75 mL). The mixture was washed with a diluted solution of sodium chloride (3 x 20 mL) and brine (2 x 15 mL). The organic layer was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure crude title acid. Yield: 329 mg (88 %). M.p. — (oil). RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 85:15) 0.05. 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 8.46 (s, 1 H); 7.72 (s, 1 H); 7.41 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 7.31 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 7.18 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.10 (m, 6 H); 7.03 (s, 1 H); 6.60 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.53 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 6.21 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.94 (s, 2 H); 4.93 (s, 2 H); 4.68 (s, 2 H); 3.33 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H).0 A solution of L-lysine (64 mg, 0.438 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) together with a few drops of methanol were added to a solution of the above acid (286 mg, 0.478 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 5 mL). The residue was triturated 5 with acetonitrile/dichloromethane mixture (1 :1 , 5 mL) and subsequently with anhydrous ether (3 x 5 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 260 mg (73 %). M.p. 115 - 121 °C (amorphous). 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.75 (s, 1 H); 7.72 (s, 1 H); 7.43-7.26 (m, 6 H);0 7.09-6.80 (m, 8 H); 6.58 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H); 6.18 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1 H); 5.18 (s, 2 H); 5.15 (s, 2 '•; H); 4.22 (s, 2 H); 3.41 (d, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H); 3.17 (m, 1 H); 2.69 (m, 2 H); 2.03 (s, 3 H), 1.75- 1.25 (m, -6 H).
Example 19 [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic
Figure imgf000080_0001
General procedure (E) Step B: Copper(l) iodide (23 mg, 0.121 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (67 mg, 0.056 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodophenyl)- allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (649 mg, 0.968 mmol) and N-propargylpyrrolidinone (476 mg, 3.86 mmol; prepared as described in J. Med. Chem. 1990, 33, 580) in dry tetrahy- drofuran (5 mL) - dry triethylamine (15 mL) mixture. In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was heated at 60 °C for 2 h, cooled down and subsequently evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, dichloromethane/methanol 98:2) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis[4-[3-(2-oxopyrrolidin-1 -yl)propynyl]- phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as an yellow oil. Yield: 504 mg (79 %). M.p. — °C (oil).
RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 95:5) 0.35.
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.35 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 7.28 (dm, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 7.10 (m, 2 H); 7.05 (dm, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H); 6.83 (dm, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 6.55 (dm, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H); 6.14 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.61 (s, 2 H); 4.34 (s, 2 H); 4.31 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H); 3.56 (m, 4 H); 3.46 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.43 (m, 4 H); 2.20 (s, 3 H); 2.08 (m, 4 H); 1.26 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogens a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (36 mg,
0.858 mmol) in distilled water (1 mL) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (417 mg, 0.631 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran/methanol (5:1 ; 6 mL) mixture and the resulting solution was stirred for 60 min under cooling. The reaction mixture was neutralized with acetic acid (0.049 mL, 0.857 mmol), stirred for 10 min and diluted with dichloromethane (75 mL). The mixture was washed with water (2 x 15 mL) and brine (2 x 15 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure crude title acid. Yield: 290 mg (73 %). M.p. — (oil). RF (SiO2, dichloromethane/methanol 85:15) 0.20.
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.30 (m, 4 H); 7.09 (m, 3 H); 6.98 (bd, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H); 6.65 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 6.52 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H); 6.16 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1 H); 4.64 (s, 2 H); 4.31 (s, 2 H); 4.30 (s, 2 H); 3.58 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H); 3.54 (t, J=6.9 Hz, 2 H); 3.41 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.48 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 2.43 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 2 H); 2.19 (s, 3 H); 2.09 (m, 4 H). A solution of L-lysine (58 mg, 0.397 mmol) in distilled water (0.7 mL) together with a few drops of methanol were added to a solution of the above acid (270 mg, 0.427 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (7 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 90 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (2 x 5 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (5 x 5 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid. Yield: 290 mg (87 %). M.p. 114 - 124 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 7.41 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H); 7.35 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H); 7.05 (m, 4 H); 6.83 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 2 H); 6.60 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H); 6.18 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1 H); 4.27 (m, 6 H); 3.42 (m, -6 H); 3.17 (m, 1 H); 2.70 (m, 2 H); 2.25 (m, 4 H); 2.04 (s, 3 H); 1.96 (m, 4 H); 1.74-1.23 (m, 6 H).
Example 20
[4-[3,3-Bis(4-methylcarbamoylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid
Figure imgf000082_0001
General procedure (E)
Step B: Copper(l) iodide (58 mg, 0.305 mmol) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (151 mg, 0.131 mmol) were added to a degassed solution of ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-iodo- phenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate (1.2 g, 1.79 mmol) and propynoic acid methyl- amide (542 mg, 6.52 mmol) in anhydrous triethylamine (50 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (28 mL). In atmosphere of nitrogen, the resulting mixture was stirred at 70 °C for 5 h. The dark suspension was evaporated in vacuo, dichloromethane (50 mL) was added to the residue and the mixture was washed with water (2 x 50 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL). The organic solution was dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography (silica gel Fluka 60, hexane/ethyl acetate 1 :6) yielding ethyl [4-[3,3-bis(4-methylcarbamoylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetate as an yellow oil. Yield: 301 mg (29 %). RF (SiO2, ethyl acetate) 0.45. 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.45-6.53 (m, -11 H); 6.20 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 5.96 (m, 1 H); 5.88 (m, 1 H); 4.62 (s, 2 H); 4.23 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 2 H); 3.45 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H); 2.93 (m, -6 H); 2.19 (s, 3 H); 1.27 (t, -3 H).
General procedure (D)
Step A: In atmosphere of nitrogen, lithium hydroxide monohydrate (32 mg, 0.763 mmol) was added to an ice-water cooled solution of the above ester (291 mg, 0.501 mmol) in a mixture tetrahydrofuran/methanol/water (5:1 :1 ; 7 mL) and the resulting solution was stirred for 60 min under cooling. Acetic acid (0.043 mL, 0.752 mmol) was added dropwise, the solution was stirred for 10 min and subsequently diluted with chloroform (40 mL). The mixture was washed with water (2 x 40 mL) and brine (2 x 40 mL), dried with anhydrous magnesium sulfate and evaporated in vacuo yielding sufficiently pure title acid. Yield: 210 mg (76 %).
RF (SiO2, ethyl acetate/methanol 7:3) 0.15. 1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, CDCI3, δH): 7.39-6.47 (m, -11 H); 6.32 (m, 1 H); 6.21 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H); 6.10 (m, 1 H); 4.65 (s, 2 H); 3.40 (d, J=8.2 Hz, -2 H); 2.93 (m, -6 H); 2.18 (s, 3 H).
A solution of L-lysine (41 mg, 0.281 mmol) in distilled water (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of the above acid (158 mg, 0.286 mmol) in dry tetrahydrofuran (5 mL). The resulting solution was stirred for 60 min, evaporated in vacuo and the residue was evaporated with absolute ethanol (3 x 10 mL). The residue was triturated with anhydrous ether (3 x 10 mL) yielding L-lysinate of the title acid.
Yield: 173 mg (87 %).
M.p. 150-159 °C (amorphous).
1H NMR spectrum (300 MHz, DMSO-d6, δH): 8.99 (m, 1 H); 8.74 (m, 1 H); 7.51-6.56 (m, -11 H); 6.26 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1 H); 4.28 (s, 2 H); 3.36 (d, -2 H), 3.16 (m, 1 H); 2.69 (m, -2 H); 2.64
(m, -6 H); 2.04 (s, 3 H); 1.74-1.24 (m, 6 H). PHARMACOLOGICAL METHODS
In vitro PPARalpha, PPARgamma and PPARdelta activation activity The PPAR transient transactivation assays are based on transient transfection into human HEK293 cells of two plasmids encoding a chimeric test protein and a reporter protein respectively. The chimeric test protein is a fusion of the DNA binding domain (DBD) from the yeast GAL4 transcription factor to the ligand binding domain (LBD) of the human PPAR proteins. The PPAR-LBD moiety harbored in addition to the ligand binding pocket also the native activation domain (activating function 2 = AF2) allowing the fusion protein to function as a PPAR ligand dependent transcription factor. The GAL4 DBD will direct the chimeric protein to bind only to Gal4 enhancers (of which none existed in HEK293 cells). The reporter plasmid contained a Gal4 enhancer driving the expression of the firefly luciferase protein. After transfection, HEK293 cells expressed the GAL4-DBD-PPAR-LBD fusion protein. The fusion protein will in turn bind to the Gal4 enhancer controlling the luciferase expression, and do nothing in the absence of ligand. Upon addition to the cells of a PPAR ligand luciferase protein will be produced in amounts corresponding to the activation of the PPAR protein. The amount of luciferase protein is measured by light emission after addition of the appropriate substrate.
CELL CULTURE AND TRANSFECTION HEK293 cells were grown in DMEM + 10% FCS. Cells were seeded in 96-well plates the day before transfection to give a confluency of 50-80 % at transfection. A total of 0,8 μg DNA containing 0,64 μg pM1ot/γLBD, 0,1 μg pCMVβGal, 0,08 μg pGL2(Gal4)5 and 0,02 μg pADVANTAGE was transfected per well using FuGene transfection reagent according to the manufacturers instructions (Roche). Cells were allowed to express protein for 48 h followed by addition of compound. Plasmids: Human PPAR α, γand δ was obtained by PCR amplification using cDNA synthesized by reverse transcription of mRNA from human liver, adipose tissue and plancenta respectively. Amplified cDNAs were cloned into pCR2.1 and sequenced. The ligand binding domain (LBD) of each PPAR isoform was generated by PCR (PPARα: aa 167 - C-terminus; PPARγ. aa 165 - C-terminus; PPARδ: aa 128 - C-terminus) and fused to the DNA binding domain (DBD) of the yeast transcription factor GAL4 by subcloning fragments in frame into the vector pM1 (Sadowski et al. (1992), Gene 118, 137) generating the plasmids pMlooLBD, pMlγLBD and pM1δ. Ensuing fusions were verified by sequencing. The reporter was constructed by inserting an oligonucleotide encoding five repeats of the GAL4 recognition se- quence (5 x CGGAGTACTGTCCTCCG(AG)) (Webster et al. (1988), Nucleic Acids Res. 16, 8192) into the vector pGL2 promotor (Promega) generating the plasmid pGL2(GAL4)5. pCMVβGal was purchased from Clontech and pADVANTAGE was purchased from Promega.
IN VITRO TRANSACTIVATION ASSAY
Compounds: All compounds were dissolved in DMSO and diluted 1 :1000 upon addition to the cells. Compounds were tested in quadruple in concentrations ranging from 0.001 to 300 μM. Cells were treated with compound for 24 h followed by luciferase assay. Each compound was tested in at least two separate experiments.
Luciferase assay: Medium including test compound was aspirated and 100 μl PBS incl. 1 mM Mg++ and Ca++ was added to each well. The luciferase assay was performed using the LucLite kit according to the manufacturers instructions (Packard Instruments). Light emission was quantified by counting on a Packard LumiCounter. To measure β-galactosidase activity 25 μl supernatant from each transfection lysate was transferred to a new mi- croplate. β-galactosidase assays were performed in the microwell plates using a kit from Promega and read in a Labsystems Ascent Multiscan reader. The β-galactosidase data were used to normalize (transfection efficiency, cell growth etc.) the luciferase data.
STATISTICAL METHODS The activity of a compound is calculated as fold induction compared to an untreated sample. For each compound the efficacy (maximal activity) is given as a relative activity compared to Wy14,643 for PPARα, Rosiglitazone for PPARγ and Carbacyclin for PPARδ. The EC50 is the concentration giving 50% of maximal observed activity. EC50 values were calculated via non-linear regression using GraphPad PRISM 3.02 (GraphPad Software, San Diego, Ca). The results were expressed as means ± SD.

Claims

1. A compound of the general formula (I):
Figure imgf000086_0001
wherein Xi is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C .6-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, hetero- aralkyl, Cι.6-alkoxy, C -6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, arylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, Ci-e-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci_6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, Ci-e-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, Cι_6-di- alkylamino or C3-6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or
Xi is Ci-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, carbamoyl or C3.6-cycloalkyl-C -6-alkyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C^e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, C3.6- cycloalkyl-Ci-e-alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, C3-e-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι.6-alkyl- thio, heteroaryl-Ci-B-alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkylcarbonyl, C3.6-cyclo- alkyl- Cι.6-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, Cι.6-alkylsulfonyl, C3.6- cycloalkylsulfonyl, C3-e-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, O-e-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)sulfamoyl, C -6-alkoxycarbonyl, C3.B-cycloalkoxy- carbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-Cι.6-alkyl, Ci-e-alkylamino-C-t-e- alkyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino-Cι.6-alkyl, C .6-alkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkylamido, C3.6-cyclo- alkyl-Ci-e-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyI, C3-6-cycloalkylamino- carbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, di-(C3. 6-cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, C3.6-cycloalkylamino, C3-6- cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl)amino or di-(C3.6- cycloalkyl-Ci-e-alkyl)amino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo; and
X2 is arylene or heteroarylene each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Cι.6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, Cι-6- alkylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, Ci-6-alkylamino, Ci-e-dialkylamino or C3-6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
X3 is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • C-t-β-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, hetero- aralkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, arylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsul- fonyl, Cι-6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, Cι-6-di- alkylamino or C3-6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or
X3 is Ci-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, carbamoyl or Cs-e-cycloalkyl-C -e-alkyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-C _6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, C3.6- cycloalkyl-Ci-e-alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryI-O-6-alkyl- thio, heteroaryl-Ci-6-alkylthio, Cι_6-alkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cyclo- alkyl- Cι-6-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, Ci-6-alkylsulfonyl, C3.6- cycloalkylsulfonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι.6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)sulfamoyl, Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkoxy- carbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι-6- alkyl, di-(C -6-alkyl)amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι.6-alkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkylamido, C3-6-cyclo- alkyl-C .6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkylaminocar- bonyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, di-(C3.6- cycloalkyl-Cι-e-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, C3-6-cycloalkylamino, C3-6-cyclo- alkyl-d-6-alkylamino, di-(C -6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3.6-cycloalkyl)amino or di-(C3.6-cyclo- alkyl-Cι-6-alkyl)amino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxyo, acetyl or oxo; and
X is arylene or heteroarylene each of which is optionally substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, Cι-6- alkylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, Cι.6-alkylamino, Cι-6-dialkylamino or C3.6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
Ar is arylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy or cyano; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-e-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, het- eroaralkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6- alkylthio, arylthio or C3.6-cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or • two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a five to eight member ring; and
Figure imgf000088_0001
Y2 is O or S; and
Z is -(CH2)n- wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3; and
Ri is hydrogen, halogen or a substituent selected from • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-e-alkynyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C -6-alkylthio, arylthio or C3.6- cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and R2 is hydrogen, d.6-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, C4-6-alkenynyl or aryl; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, or any tautomeric forms, stereoisomers, mixture of stereoisomers including a racemic mix- ture, or polymorphs.
2. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein Xi is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, hetero- aralkyl, Cι.6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, arylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, Ci-e-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, Cι-6-di- alkylamino or C3.6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
X2 is arylene or heteroarylene each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, Cι-6- alkylthio, Cs-e-cycloalkylthio, Cι.6-alkylamino, Cι-6-dialkylamino or C3.6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
X3 is aryl or heteroaryl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, hetero- aralkyl, Cι.6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, arylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, C -6-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, C .6-alkylsulfonyl, aryl- sulfonyl, C^e-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, Cι.6-di- alkylamino or C3-6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
X is arylene or heteroarylene each of which is optionally substituted with one or more sub- stituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloaIkoxy, Cι-6- alkylthio, C3-6-cycloalkylthio, Ci-6-alkylamino, Cι_6-dialkylamino or C3-6-cycloalkylamino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
Ar is arylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen, hydroxy or cyano; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, hetero- aralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C _6-alkylthio, arylthio or C3-6-cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or • two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a five to eight member ring; and
Yι is O or S; and
Y2 is O or S; and
Z is -(CH2)n- wherein n is 1 , 2 or 3; and
Ri is hydrogen, halogen or a substituent selected from .* • C .6-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C3-e-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, C .6-alkylthio, arylthio or C3-6- cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; and
R2 is hydrogen, Ci-e-alkyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-6-alkynyl, C .6-alkenynyl or aryl; or
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable solvate thereof, or any tautomeric forms, stereoisomers, mixture of stereoisomers including a racemic mix- ture, or polymorphs.
3. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein Xi is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or • Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, Ci-e-alkoxy or Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
4. A compound according to claim 3, wherein Xi is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• C-ι-6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
5. A compound according to claim 3, wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, Cι-6-alkoxy or Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
6. A compound according to claim 4 or 5, wherein Xi is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
7. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein Xi is phenyl.
8. A compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein Xi is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or • Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, C .6-alkoxy or Ci.6-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
9. A compound according to claim 8, wherein Xi is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
• C-i-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
10. A compound according to claim 8 or 9 wherein Xi is pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or thienyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogens or Cι_6-alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
11. A compound according to claim 10, wherein X is furyl or thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens. 2. A compound according to claim 10, wherein Xi is pyrrolyl or pyridyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of O-6-alkyI.
13. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein Xi is Cι-6-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or • Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2-B-alkynyI, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6- alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3-e-cycloalkyrthio, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι-6-alkylthio, heteroaryl-Cι-6- alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, C3.6-cycIoalkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl- Ci_6-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, Ci_6-alkylsulfonyl, C3-6-cycloalkylsulfonyl, Cs-e-cycloalkyl- C -e-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)sulfa- moyl, Ci-e-alkoxycarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C3-e-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι-6-alkyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamido, C3-e-cycloalkylamido, C3-e-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, C3-e-cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C -6-alkyl)amino- carbonyl, di-(C356-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, C3-6-cycloalkyl- amino, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylamino, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl)amino or di- (C3-6-cycloalkyl-C -6-alkyl)amino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo.
14. A compound according to claim 13 wherein Xi is Cι.6-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or hydroxy; or
• Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Cι-6-aIkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, C3.6- cycloalkyl-Ci-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι-6-alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, amino-Cι.6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι-e-alkyl, di-(Cι- 6-alkyl)amino-Cι-e-alkyl, C .6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(C -6-alkyl)- aminocarbonyl, Cι.6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo.
15. A compound according to claim 13 or 14 wherein X is Cι-6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Cι-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e-alkylamino, di-(Ci-6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
16. A compound according to claiml 3 or 14 wherein X3 is carbamoyl optionally substituted with acetyl.
17. A compound according any one of the preceding claims, wherein X2 is arylene option- ally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• Cι.6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
18. A compound according to claim 17, wherein X2 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• C-i-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
19. A compound according to claim 17 or 18, wherein X2 is phenylene.
20. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 -16, wherein X2 is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
21. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein X3 is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Cι-6-alkyl, aryl, Cι.6-alkoxy or C|-6-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
22. A compound according to claim 21 , wherein X3 is aryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or • Cι.6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
23. A compound according to claim 21 , wherein X3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or • Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, Cι.6-alkoxy or Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
24. A compound according to claim 22 or 23, wherein X3 is phenyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from • halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
25. A compound according to any one of the claims 21 -24, wherein X3 is phenyl.
26. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 -20, wherein X3 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• C-ι-6-alkyl, aryl, Cι-6-alkoxy or Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
27. A compound according to claim 26, wherein X3 is heteroaryl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
28. A compound according to claim 27 wherein X3 is pyrrolyl, pyridyl, furyl or thienyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogens or Cι.6-alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
29. A compound according to claim 28, wherein X3 is furyl or thienyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
30. A compound according to claim 28, wherein Xi is pyrrolyl or pyridyl, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of C -6-alkyl.
31. A compound according to claim 1 , wherein X3 is Ci-e-alkyl or caώamoyi optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen, hydroxy, cyano, amino or carboxy; or
• Gi-6-alkyI, C3.6-cycloalkyl, C2.6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, C3.e-cycloalkyl-Cι.6-alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, heteroaralkyl, heterocyclyl, Cι.6-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, C3-6-cycloalkyl-C .6- alkoxy, aryloxy, heteroaryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι.6-alkylthio, C3-6-cycloalkyIthio, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι-6-alkylthio, heteroaryl-Ci-e- alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkylcarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl- Cι_6-alkyl-carbonyl, arylcarbonyl, heteroarylcarbonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl, C3.6-cycloalkylsulfonyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl- Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heteroarylsulfonyl, Cι-6-alkylsulfamoyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyi)sulfa- moyl, C _6-alkoxycarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkoxycarbonyl, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkoxycarbonyl, amino-Ci-e-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι-6-alkyl, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Ci-e-alkylamido, C3-e-cycloalkylamido, C3-6-cycloalkyl-Cι.e-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alky!aminocarbonyl, C3-6-cycloalkylaminocarbonyl, Cs-6-cycloalkyl-Cι-e-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι.6-alkyl)amino- carbonyl, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl-C .6-alkyl)aminocarbonyl, C -6-alkylamino, C3-6-cycloalkyl- amino, C3.6-cycloalkyl-Cι-6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, di-(C3-6-cycloalkyl)amino or di- (C3-e-cycloalkyl-C -6-alkyl)amino each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo.
32. A compound according to claim 31 wherein X3 is Ci-e-alkyl or carbamoyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from :•
• halogen or hydroxy; or
• Ci-e-alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, Cι-6-alkylthio, C3.6-cycloalkylthio, C3.6- cycloalkyl-Cι-e-alkylthio,arylthio, heteroarylthio, aryl-Cι-6-alkylthio, Cι-6-alkylcarbonyl, aryl- carbonyl, Ci-e-alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, amino-Cι.6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkylamino-Cι-6-alkyl, di-(Cι- e-alkyl)amino-Cι-6-alkyl, Cι.6-alkylamido, arylamido, Cι.6-alkylaminocarbonyl, di-(Cι_6-alkyl)- aminocarbonyl, Cι-6-alkylamino, di-(Cι-6-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of halogen, cyano, hydroxy, acetyl or oxo.
33. A compound according to claim 31 or 32 wherein X3 is Cι-6-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from Cι-6-alkyl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, Ci-e- alkylamino, di-(Cι-e-alkyl)amino, each of which is optionally substituted with one or more of acetyl or oxo.
34. A compound according to claim 31 or 32 wherein X3 is carbamoyl optionally substituted with acetyl.
35. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein X4 is arylene op- tionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
36. A compound according to claim 35, wherein X4 is phenylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
37. A compound according to claim 35 or36, wherein X is phenylene.
38. A compound according to any one of the claims 1 -34, wherein X is heteroarylene optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen or
• Ci-e-alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
39. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen, hydroxy or cyano; or
• Ci-e-alkyl, C3-6-cycloalkyl, C2-6-alkenyl, C2.6-alkynyl, aryl, heteroaryl, aralkyl, heteroaralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, C3.6-cycloalkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy, heteroaralkoxy, Cι.6-alkylthio, arylthio or C3-6-cycloalkylthio each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or
• two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions together with the atoms to which they are attached may form a five to eight member ring.
40. A compound according to claim 39, wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from
• halogen; or
• Cι-6-alkyl, Cι-6-alkoxy, aryloxy or aralkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens; or • two of the substituents when placed in adjacent positions together with the atoms to which they are attached form a five membered carbon cycle.
41. A compound according to claim 39 or 40, wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with halogen.
42. A compound according to any one of the claims 39-41 , wherein Ar is phenylene which is optionally substituted with methyl.
43. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein Yi is S.
44. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein Y2 is O.
45. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein n is 1.
46. compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein Ri is hydrogen or a substituent selected from
• Ci-e-alkyl, aralkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy, aryloxy, aralkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
47. A compound according to claim 46, wherein Ri is hydrogen or a substituent selected ? from
• Ci-e-alkyl, Ci-e-alkoxy each of which is optionally substituted with one or more halogens.
48. A compound according to claim 46 or 47, wherein Ri is hydrogen.
49. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein R2 is hydrogen or Ci-e-alkyl.
50. A compound according to claim 49 wherein R2 is hydrogen.
51. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, which is:
{4-[3,3-Bis-(4-phenylethynyl-phenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-methyl-phenoxy}-acetic acid;
{4-[3,3-Bis-(4-phenylethynyl-phenyl)-allylsulfanyl]-2-bromo-phenoxy}-acetic acid; or a salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base, or any optical isomer or mixture of optical isomers, including a racemic mixture, or any tautomeric forms.
52. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims 1 -50, which is: [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[(thiofen-2-yl)ethylnyl]phenyl]allyIsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
{4-[3,3-Bis-(4-thiophen-3-ylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[(pyridine-2-yl)ethylnyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
{4-[3,3-Bis-(4-pyridin-2-ylethynylphenyl)allyloxy]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid;
{4-[3,3-Bis-(4-furan-2-ylethynylphenyl)alIylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy}acetic acid; (4-{3,3-Bis-[4-(1 -methyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylethynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propyn-1-yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(N,N-dimethylamino)propyn-1-yl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allyloxy]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
[4-(3,3-Bis-{4-[3-(4-acetyl-piperazin-1 -yl)-prop-1-ynyl]-phenyl}allylsulfanyl)-2-methyl-phen- oxy]acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-prop-1 -ynyl)phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; (4-{3,3-Bis-[4-(3-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-prop-1 -ynyl)phenyl]allyloxy}-2-methylphenoxy)acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bisf5-[3-(morpholine-4-yl)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]- acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[5-[3-(N-acetyl-N-methylamino)propynyl]thiophene-2-yl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methyl- phenoxy]acetic acid; [4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3,3,3-trimethylpropynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(imida∑ol-1-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis[4-[3-(2-oxopyrrolidin-1-yl)propynyl]phenyl]allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid;
[4-[3,3-Bis(4-methylcarbamoylethynylphenyl)allylsulfanyl]-2-methylphenoxy]acetic acid; or a salt thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base, or any optical isomer or mixture of optical isomers, including a racemic mixture, or any tautomeric forms.
53. A compound according to any one of the preceding claims, which is a PPARδ agonist.
54. A compound according to claim 53, which is a selective PPARδ agonist.
55. The use of a compound according to any one of the preceding claims as a pharmaceutical composition.
56. A pharmaceutical composition comprising, as an active ingredient, at least one compound according to any one of the claims 1 -54 together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
57. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 56 in unit dosage form, comprising from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg of and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg per day of compound according to any one of the claims 1 -54.
58. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of conditions medi- ated by nuclear receptors, in particular the Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors
(PPAR), the composition comprising a compound according to any one of the claims 1 -54 together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
59. A pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of type I diabetes, type II diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance or obesity comprising a compound according to any of the claims 1 -54 together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or excipients.
60. A pharmaceutical composition according to any one of the claims 56-59 for oral, nasal, transdermal, pulmonal or parenteral administration.
61. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 -54 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of conditions mediated by nuclear receptors, in particular the Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors (PPAR).
62. Use of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 -54 for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment and/or prevention of Type 1 diabetes, Type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, syndrome X (including the metabolic syndrome, i.e. impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance, hypertrigyceridaemia and/or obesity), cardiovascular diseases (including atherosclerosis) and hypercholesteremia.
63. A method for the treatment and/or prevention of conditions mediated by nuclear receptors, in particular the Peroxisome Proliferator-Activated Receptors (PPAR), the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound ac- cording to any one of the claims 1 -54 or a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same.
64. A method for the treatment and/or prevention of type I diabetes, type II diabetes, impaired glucose tolerance, insulin resistance or obesity, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof an effective amount of a compound according to any one of the claims 1 -54 or of a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same.
65. The method according to claims 63 or 64 wherein the effective amount of the compound according to any one of the claims 1-54 is in the range of from about 0.05 mg to about 1000 mg, preferably from about 0.1 to about 500 mg of and especially preferred from about 0.5 mg to about 200 mg per day.
PCT/EP2005/052012 2004-05-05 2005-05-03 Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as ppar agonists WO2005105735A1 (en)

Priority Applications (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP05742988A EP1763511B1 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-05-03 Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as ppar agonists
AT05742988T ATE475642T1 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-05-03 PHENOXYACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES AS PPAR AGONISTS
JP2007512187A JP2007536341A (en) 2004-05-05 2005-05-03 Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as PPAR agonists
US11/579,716 US20110039841A1 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-05-03 Novel compounds, their preparation and use
DE602005022585T DE602005022585D1 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-05-03 PHENOXY ACETIC DERIVATIVES AS PPAR AGONISTS

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DKPA200400717 2004-05-05
DKPA200400717 2004-05-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005105735A1 true WO2005105735A1 (en) 2005-11-10

Family

ID=34967661

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2005/052012 WO2005105735A1 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-05-03 Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as ppar agonists

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (1) US20110039841A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1763511B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2007536341A (en)
AT (1) ATE475642T1 (en)
DE (1) DE602005022585D1 (en)
ES (1) ES2347578T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2005105735A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007071766A2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Transtech Pharma Phenoxy acetic acids as ppar delta activators
WO2007141295A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2007-12-13 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Process for preparing phenoxy acetic acid derivatives
US8053598B2 (en) 2004-05-05 2011-11-08 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compounds, their preparation and use
WO2022020376A1 (en) * 2020-07-22 2022-01-27 Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline ppar-delta agonist
US11931365B2 (en) 2022-01-25 2024-03-19 Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of PPAR-delta agonists in the treatment of disease

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004022533A1 (en) * 2002-09-05 2004-03-18 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel vinyl carboxylic acid derivatives and their therapeutical use

Family Cites Families (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2331336A1 (en) * 1975-11-14 1977-06-10 Rolland Sa A OXY-4,4'BIS ACIDS (2-PHENOXY ALKANOCARBOXYLIC), THEIR DERIVATIVES AND THEIR APPLICATION AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
US4920132A (en) * 1987-11-03 1990-04-24 Rorer Pharmaceutical Corp. Quinoline derivatives and use thereof as antagonists of leukotriene D4
US5324743A (en) * 1992-12-10 1994-06-28 Eli Lilly And Company Leukotriene B4 antagonists
IL109451A0 (en) * 1993-04-29 1994-07-31 Zeneca Ltd Heterocyclic derivatives
US5773469A (en) * 1996-06-18 1998-06-30 Ortho Pharmaceutical Corporation Diaryl antimicrobial agents
US6353018B1 (en) * 1998-10-21 2002-03-05 Novo Nordisk A/S Compounds, their preparation and use
US6972294B1 (en) * 1999-04-20 2005-12-06 Novo Nordisk, A/S Compounds, their preparation and use
AR018698A1 (en) * 1999-06-01 2001-11-28 Procter & Gamble METHOD FOR THE TREATMENT OF LOSS OF HAIR WHICH IS INCLUDED TO MANAGE A COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES A COMPOUND WHICH DOES NOT AFFECT THE HEART
US6555577B1 (en) * 2000-01-28 2003-04-29 Novo Nordisk A/S Compounds, their preparation and use
US6569901B2 (en) * 2000-01-28 2003-05-27 Novo Nordisk A/S Alkynyl-substituted propionic acid derivatives, their preparation and use
US6448293B1 (en) * 2000-03-31 2002-09-10 Pfizer Inc. Diphenyl ether compounds useful in therapy
ES2288982T3 (en) * 2000-08-23 2008-02-01 Eli Lilly And Company DERIVATIVES OF OXAZOLIL-ARYLOXYACETIC ACID AND ITS USE AS PPAR AGONISTS.
US6630504B2 (en) * 2000-08-31 2003-10-07 Pfizer Inc. Phenoxyphenylheterocyclyl derivatives as SSRIs
US6869967B2 (en) * 2001-07-30 2005-03-22 Novo Nordisk A/S Peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) active vinyl carboxylic acid derivatives
IL160845A0 (en) * 2001-09-14 2004-08-31 Tularik Inc Linked biaryl compounds
US6875780B2 (en) * 2002-04-05 2005-04-05 Warner-Lambert Company Compounds that modulate PPAR activity and methods for their preparation
US7129268B2 (en) * 2002-10-28 2006-10-31 Novo Nordisk A/S Peroxisome proliferator activated receptor-active arylene acetic acid derivatives
US20050080115A1 (en) * 2002-10-28 2005-04-14 Lone Jeppesen Novel compounds, their preparation and use
JP4981662B2 (en) * 2004-05-05 2012-07-25 ハイ・ポイント・ファーマスーティカルズ、エルエルシー New compounds, their preparation and use
DE602005024539D1 (en) * 2004-05-05 2010-12-16 High Point Pharmaceuticals Llc NEW COMPOUNDS, ITS MANUFACTURE AND USE
EP2386540A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2011-11-16 High Point Pharmaceuticals, LLC Novel compounds, their preparation and use
WO2007101864A2 (en) * 2006-03-09 2007-09-13 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compounds that modulate ppar activity, their preparation and use
US20100197950A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2010-08-05 Kaare Gyberg Rasmussen Process for preparing phenoxy acetic acid derivatives

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004022533A1 (en) * 2002-09-05 2004-03-18 Novo Nordisk A/S Novel vinyl carboxylic acid derivatives and their therapeutical use

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8053598B2 (en) 2004-05-05 2011-11-08 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compounds, their preparation and use
KR101265078B1 (en) 2005-12-22 2013-05-20 하이 포인트 파마슈티칼스, 엘엘씨 Phenoxy acetic acids as ppar delta activators
US7943613B2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2011-05-17 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Compounds, their preparation and use
US9855274B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2018-01-02 Vtv Therapeutics Llc Phenoxy acetic acids and phenyl propionic acids as PPAR delta agonists
US10471066B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2019-11-12 Vtv Therapeutics Llc Phenoxy acetic acids and phenyl propionic acids as PPAR delta agonists
EA015717B1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2011-10-31 ХАЙ ПОЙНТ ФАРМАСЬЮТИКАЛЗ, ЭлЭлСи Phenoxy acetic acids as ppar delta activators
WO2007071766A3 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-09-13 Novo Nordisk As Phenoxy acetic acids as ppar delta activators
EP2386540A1 (en) * 2005-12-22 2011-11-16 High Point Pharmaceuticals, LLC Novel compounds, their preparation and use
WO2007071766A2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2007-06-28 Transtech Pharma Phenoxy acetic acids as ppar delta activators
US9663481B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2017-05-30 Vtv Therapeutics Llc Phenoxy acetic acids and phenyl propionic acids as PPARδ agonists
US11420929B2 (en) 2005-12-22 2022-08-23 Vtv Therapeutics Llc Phenoxy acetic acids and phenyl propionic acids as PPAR delta agonists
AU2006327003B2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2011-10-06 Vtv Therapeutics Llc Phenoxy acetic acids as PPAR delta activators
US10947180B2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2021-03-16 Vtv Therapeutics Llc Phenoxy acetic acids and phenyl propionic acids as PPAR delta agonists
WO2007141295A1 (en) * 2006-06-08 2007-12-13 High Point Pharmaceuticals, Llc Process for preparing phenoxy acetic acid derivatives
WO2022020376A1 (en) * 2020-07-22 2022-01-27 Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline ppar-delta agonist
US11267795B2 (en) 2020-07-22 2022-03-08 Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline PPAR-delta agonist
CN116249695A (en) * 2020-07-22 2023-06-09 雷内奥制药公司 Crystalline PPAR-delta agonists
US11713301B2 (en) 2020-07-22 2023-08-01 Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Crystalline PPARδ agonist
US11931365B2 (en) 2022-01-25 2024-03-19 Reneo Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Use of PPAR-delta agonists in the treatment of disease

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20110039841A1 (en) 2011-02-17
ATE475642T1 (en) 2010-08-15
JP2007536341A (en) 2007-12-13
DE602005022585D1 (en) 2010-09-09
ES2347578T3 (en) 2010-11-02
EP1763511A1 (en) 2007-03-21
EP1763511B1 (en) 2010-07-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7709528B2 (en) Compounds, their preparation and use
US7091245B2 (en) Compounds, their preparation and use
AU2010201560A1 (en) Novel compounds and their use as PPAR-modulators
EP1745014B1 (en) Novel compounds, their preparation and use
US7968723B2 (en) Compounds, their preparation and use
US20100210653A1 (en) Novel Compounds, Their Preparations and Use
EP1763511B1 (en) Phenoxyacetic acid derivatives as ppar agonists
EP1558571B1 (en) Novel compounds useful in treating ppar mediated diseases
US7129268B2 (en) Peroxisome proliferator activated receptor-active arylene acetic acid derivatives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KM KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SM SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005742988

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007512187

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Country of ref document: DE

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005742988

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11579716

Country of ref document: US